Quarterlytics / Gateley (Holdings) Plc

Gateley (Holdings) Plc

gtly · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker gtly
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Gateley (Holdings) Plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Gateley (Holdings) Plc

Annual Report

for year ended 30 April 2020

1

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Gateley (Holdings) Plc

Annual report and financial statements

Registered number 09310078

For the year ended 30 April 2020

1

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Contents

Company information 

Chairman’s Statement 

Chief Executive Officer’s Review 

Finance Director’s Review 

Strategic report 

Report on remuneration: voluntary disclosure 

Corporate governance statement 

Board of Directors 

Directors’ report 

Independent auditor’s report to the members of Gateley (Holdings) Plc 

Consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income 

Consolidated statement of financial position 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 

Consolidated cash flow statement 

Notes 

Parent company statement of financial position 

Parent company statement of changes in equity 

Parent company cash flow statement 

Parent company notes to the financial statements 

Notice of Annual General Meeting 

3

6

7

11

17

30

37

53

54

57

66

67

68

70

71

118

119

120

121

130

2

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Chief Executive Officer
Chief Operating Officer
Finance Director and Company Secretary
Executive Director
Non-Executive Chairman
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director

Company information

Registration number 

09310078 

Registered office 

Directors 

Auditor 

Nominated advisor and broker 

Principal bankers 

Registrars 

Financial PR adviser 

One Eleven Edmund Street
Birmingham
B3 2HJ 

RR Waldie 
PG Davies 
NA Smith 
MJ Ward 
NT Payne 
JC Lake 
SFA Thompson 

Grant Thornton UK LLP
The Colmore Building 
20 Colmore Circus
Birmingham
B4 6AT 

finnCap
1 Bartholomew Close
London
EC1A 7BL

N+1 Singer
1 Bartholomew Lane
London  
EC2N 2AX

HSBC Bank plc
6th Floor 120 Edmund Street
Birmingham
B3 2QZ 

Lloyds Bank plc
125 Colmore Row
Birmingham
West Midlands
B3 3SF 

Link Asset Services
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent
BR3 4TU
United Kingdom 

Belvedere Communications
25 Finsbury Circus
London
EC2M 7EE

Website 

www.gateleyplc.com 

3

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Resilient and well-balanced business successfully navigating through uncertain 
economic conditions 

A resilient set of results referable to a period of macro-economic uncertainty arising from on-going Brexit negotiations, a resultant 
change in Government and, during the final two months of FY20, major turbulence caused by the COVID-19 pandemic.

Financial Highlights

FY20

FY19

Change

Group revenue

£109.8m

£103.5m

Group underlying operating profit before tax*

Group underlying profit before tax*

Group profit before tax

Group profit after tax

Underlying basic earnings per share (‘EPS’)

Adjusted fully diluted EPS**

Net assets

Net debt***

£18.7m

£18.1m

£14.8m

£11.7m

10.34p

12.45p

£44.8m

£0.9m

£18.0m

£18.1m

£15.9m

£13.0m

11.83p

13.15p

£30.6m

£3.2m

+6.1%

+3.9%

-%

-6.9%

-10.0%

-12.6%

-5.3%

+46.4%

-71.9%

Underlying profit before tax and underlying operating profit before tax excludes share based payment charges, amortisation and exceptional items

* 
**  Adjusted fully diluted EPS excludes share based payment charges, amortisation and exceptional items. It also adjusts for the future weighted average number of 

expected unissued shares from granted but unexercised share option schemes in issue based on a share price at the end of the financial year

***  Net debt excludes IFRS 16 liabilities

COVID-19 impact update
• 
•  Group benefitting from cost savings, as a result of new ways of working

Swift action taken to enable the Group to continue trading profitably through the pandemic with ample financial liquidity

Operational Highlights
• 

Further strategic diversification of the Group’s service offering, through acquisitions of Persona Associates, t-three, Gateley Tweed 
and Gateley Vinden
Successful and seamless move to home-working, testament to ongoing investment in technology and systems to support the 
Group’s growth ambitions

• 

•  New five-year Orderly Market Agreement in place and new Long-Term Incentive Plan introduced

FY21 activity levels down 7% at the end of August 2020 year-on-year

Current Trading and Outlook
•  Group trading profitably and cash positive in Q1 of the new financial year ending 30 April 2021 (“FY21”)
•  Q1 FY21 activity levels down approximately 9% year-on-year
• 
•  Operational gearing opportunities, resulting from new ways of working, being explored further
• 
Strong balance sheet, disciplined working capital management and conservative levels of debt
•  Diversified and resilient business model supporting the Board’s confidence in the future performance of the business
• 

The current macro-economic outlook remains, however, too uncertain for the Board to be prescriptive on FY21 outlook at this 
stage

4

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Rod Waldie, CEO of Gateley, said:

“We are delighted with the performance of the Group for the year and that the business has continued to trade profitably and 
remain cash positive throughout the new financial year. This would not have been possible without the commitment, dedication and 
understanding of all of our colleagues, whose wellbeing remains our highest priority.

“In FY20 we continued to invest in the growth of the Group through strategic headcount increases and four diversification acquisitions. 
The Group performed well and in line with market expectations until COVID-19 impacted at the end of February 2020. When country-
wide restrictions were introduced in early March, many of the Group’s mandates were put on hold and, like most businesses, we 
experienced an unexpected and sudden reduction in revenue.

“As a people business with a cost structure aligned to forecast revenue, and with little time before the end of the year for cost 
mitigation measures to take effect, this reduction in revenue, during our critical Q4, immediately impacted our profitability. We took 
swift action to mitigate this, whilst taking great care to protect the long-term growth prospects of the Group, which are of utmost 
importance to all our stakeholders. We believe that it is crucial to the sustainability and future success of our business that we maintain 
capability and capacity, even if this impacts our profitability in the short term.

“The Group is benefitting from cost savings resulting from new ways of working introduced during lockdown, and we will capitalise on 
these and other operational gearing potential to improve margins in the longer term, and to strengthen further the resilience of our 
business.

“On a gradually improved trajectory, year to date activity levels are circa 7% down on the previous year. The Group has traded profitably 
and cash positive throughout the new financial year.

“Gateley is a resilient, diversified business that has a demonstrable track record of growth, delivered through numerous economic 
cycles. The business has a strong management team, a collegiate culture and a clear strategy to expand the breadth and depth of 
its service lines, via our “Platforms”, which are sector focused and bring together our increasing range of complementary legal and 
consultancy services.

“The Board is confident that the Group has more than sufficient resources to withstand the pandemic, to return to prior levels of 
profitability and to grow from there. We fully expect Gateley to emerge from this crisis in a strong position, well placed to capitalise 
on both organic and acquisition opportunities, as we continue to focus on long term growth that rewards our people and delivers 
attractive returns to our investors.

“We embrace the future with confidence.”

5

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
Chairman’s Statement

I am delighted with the performance of the business during the past financial year, a year in which we successfully navigated the 
disruption and uncertainty caused by the lengthy debate on Brexit, and the unprecedented disruption caused by COVID-19. Gateley 
has demonstrated the resilience of its operating model and diversification strategy, delivered solid financial results under exceptionally 
challenging circumstances, expanded its staff complement and completed four strategic acquisitions. Everyone in the business, from 
top to bottom, should be proud of their achievements.

The businesses we added to the Group during the year, have integrated well, enhancing our market offering and further strengthening 
our now well-diversified Group. The scale, breadth and depth of our service offering has been, and will continue to be, at the 
forefront of our strategic thinking and operational focus. Our acquisition pipeline remains strong, as we focus on earnings and service 
line enhancing opportunities that fulfil our clients’ needs. The professional services industry is immensely talented in this country, 
including our own highly skilled staff, and remains extremely adaptable. The services we offer to clients are critical to their operations, 
emphasising just how robust our legal and complementary services are with our wide, multi-sectoral, client-base.

Our people have ably risen to the challenges encountered throughout the year and, importantly, since the onset of the pandemic. 
Their dedication to the business, to their colleagues and to our clients has been first class. Their efforts, combined with the strength 
of the business, have enabled us to continue to invest for the future. Average employee numbers rose by 15.4% from 907 to 1,047 
during the year, with 1,138 employees in the business at the year end. The majority of our team now have some form of equity stake 
in the business. We successfully established a new long-term incentive plan and a new orderly market agreement across key internal 
shareholders. The latter sets the blueprint for internal investment over the next five years prudently and manages any potential 
divestitures that internal shareholders may wish to make.

It was clear to the Board in early March 2020 that as a consequence of COVID-19 the economic environment in the UK would remain 
uncertain for some time. With poor visibility on economic outcomes, the Board took the sensible step to preserve the Group’s financial 
liquidity by reducing salaries and cancelling all bonus and dividend payments. We also suspended financial performance guidance, 
to give ourselves time to digest and understand how COVID-19 changes were affecting our clients and our own business. It is the 
Board’s intention to reinstate guidance as soon as we are able to forecast with a reasonable degree of accuracy. However, uncertainty 
prevails and we therefore consider it would be unwise, in the current rapidly moving economic environment, to extrapolate current 
performance figures to suggest an outcome for the full year ending 30 April 2021.

It is nearly 18 months since we announced that Michael Ward, our long-standing Chief Executive, would stand down at the end of the 
2020 financial year, and that he would be succeeded by Rod Waldie. This was well planned to deliver a smooth transition. We could 
not, however, have foreseen the challenging circumstances under which the transition would take place. With this in mind, it is entirely 
appropriate to record how well Rod has risen to the challenge. His calm approach and his steady handling of such a difficult situation 
has been welcomed across the Group, particularly the way in which he has communicated with our people in the face of such adversity.  
Rod’s existing long-established knowledge of the business, and understanding of its collaborative culture, entirely ratifies our decision to 
appoint a trusted and respected internal successor to Mike.

Finally, I would like to thank Mike, for his first-class leadership of the business throughout his tenure, and our first five years as a public 
company, as well as my colleagues on the Board, the management team and all of the staff at Gateley for their unremitting hard work, 
support and fantastic contribution to the business. In what has been a uniquely challenging year, Gateley’s people have excelled in client 
delivery, have conquered every challenge presented, and have delivered further strategic progress for the business, all of which have 
served to deliver a solid set of results.

We look forward to the future with confidence.

Nigel Payne
Chairman
28 September 2020

6

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer’s Review

Introduction
The beginning of my tenure as Group CEO has thrown-up unexpected challenges. However, I would not be as confident as I am today 
in the robustness and resilience of the Group, and the continuation of the Gateley story, without the talent and commitment of all of 
our people. I must, therefore, start my first report as CEO by thanking all our people for their support and dedication to the ongoing 
success of the Gateley Group.  The whole team has performed exceptionally well throughout the adversity caused by the global 
pandemic, which began just before our FY20 year end. I am immensely proud and excited to lead such a talented team of people. Whilst 
some difficult decisions have had to be taken as a result of COVID-19, we have a well-balanced, resilient Group with a strong and loyal 
client base, and I believe that the next few years will highlight Gateley’s strength, as it rises to the challenges ahead.

Since the Group joined the AIM Market over five years ago it has almost doubled in size, both in headcount and revenue, as we have 
delivered on our strategy to differentiate, diversify, incentivise and grow.  We are now an even more resilient, diversified business, with 
a demonstrably collegiate “one team” culture focused on delivering our strategic goals.  That quality, depth and breadth enables us to 
deliver on our promises to all stakeholders in a sensible, well-managed way.  The challenges we face today, as a result of the current 
economic climate, do not affect our confidence in the Group’s ability to withstand all modelled scenarios for the year ahead, and we will 
continue to expand our Platforms for growth and focus on the delivery of a strong performance in FY21 and beyond.

Results overview
During the year, we completed four earnings enhancing acquisitions, further strengthening and diversifying the Group’s services, and 
continuing to build-out our strategic Platforms offering. Following a solid first half trading performance, however, COVID-19 disruption 
impacted trading in the crucial final two months of the year, as transactions due for completion across a number of key work streams 
were placed on hold.  Despite this, we are pleased to report that revenue increased by 6.1% during FY20 to £109.8m (FY19: £103.5m).

Our solid revenue performance reflects the strength in the breadth and balance of the Group’s legal and consulting service lines. 
For example, despite a general decline in activity in the UK property sector, our legal and consulting teams, working together on our 
Property Platform, are currently trading ahead of prior year. In addition, many of the Group’s counter-cyclical service lines, including 
Dispute Resolution, are extremely busy. 

Cash generation during the year remained strong, as net cashflows from operating activities of £11.7m (FY19: £12.1m) represented 
98.5% (FY19: 92.7%) of profit after tax.  The Group spent £4.5m (FY19: £4.0m) on investing activities, including the net cash spend of 
£2.7m (FY19: £2.5m) on the four acquisitions. The Group’s net debt at the year-end was a healthy £0.9m (FY19: £3.2m).

We made a number of key infrastructure investment decisions during the year, including flexing use of our office space and IT 
investment, which complement and enhance our new ways of working, aid the Group’s operational gearing and enhance our ability to 
manage our costs. 

COVID-19 actions taken
Immediately after the onset of the pandemic the Board reviewed the Group’s cash position and its operating expenses and took swift 
and decisive action to minimise the anticipated financial impact.

Our immediate concern was the wellbeing of our staff, clients and suppliers and, on 17 March, we closed our offices to all but a skeleton 
staff.

Similar to our approach during the Global Financial Crisis in 2008/9 (“GFC”), in an environment in which the outlook is constantly 
changing and traditional near-term forecasting is compromised, we focused on financial liquidity and cash management and evaluated 
our actions against an ongoing COVID-19 liquidity model. Overarching this, we adopted the same principle as that adopted during the 
GFC; maintaining robust staffing levels to ensure we could continue to provide comprehensive, high quality, timely professional advice 
in circumstances where our clients need it more than ever.  Our already well-managed and conservative financing structure is designed 
to maintain staffing flexibility, and to position the Group to outperform, as the UK economy normalises during the pandemic recovery 
phase.  The swift decisions taken by the Board have enabled the Group to trade profitably and with ample liquidity.  Examples of specific 
actions taken include:

• 
• 
• 
• 

Bonus cancellation and Board and staff salary cuts for the first six months of FY21 of between 15% and 20% across the Group;
Reductions in discretionary expenditure aided by new working practices;
Cancellation of FY20 interim and final dividend;
Limited acceptance of Government Support Schemes, aimed at those parts of the business which were either non-operational, or 
had restricted operations as a result of significantly reduced activity levels during COVID-19; and

7

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer’s Review (continued)

•  Maximisation of cash flows including a no cost deferral of UK VAT payments totalling £5m and PAYE and national insurance 

payments totalling £7m between March and June 2020.

We did not pursue government loans, as we already have significant debt capacity and are well supported by our banking partners at 
HSBC, Lloyds and Santander, who continue to provide flexible working capital facilities that we can adapt to suit the needs of the Group.

During FY21, we anticipate receiving material furlough income and other staff savings, predominantly via H1 salary cuts, which were 
implemented to align overall costs with the changing level of revenue, but without reducing the Group’s capacity to deliver services to 
clients. I am pleased, however, to report that we will return to full salaries from 1 November 2020.

Operational Review
During the year we saw further significant growth in our fee earning staff and created new service offerings. We established a private 
wealth team based in our London office, which operates nationally and internationally, and we expanded our regional housebuilding 
practice. Our corporate team in London was expanded and strategic real estate expertise was added in key regions. The reach of our 
litigation and restructuring teams was also extended during the year, with work predominately sourced from overseas, where our clients 
are seeking expertise in the UK legal system. We also created a bespoke real estate dispute resolution team, resourced internally, with 
wide-ranging expertise in commercial landlord and tenant, easement disputes, nuisance, restrictive covenants, boundary and title issues, 
trespass and beneficial interest claims.

Our international dispute resolution practice gained significant traction in FY20.  Key new work in the year (which will carry on 
throughout FY21) includes acting for an executive agency of an overseas government in recovery of property from a former owner of 
a mainstream bank. This complex, top-tier multi-disciplinary, international work runs alongside mainstream insolvency and liquidator 
appointments, and tax avoidance recovery work.  This is highly specialist work, delivered through the expertise of a team already within 
the Group who have long-established credentials in complex recovery cases in the UK and overseas.  This is a prime example of the 
returns we are able to generate through our strategy to invest in niche, highly specialised services, and our ability to leverage counter-
cyclical opportunities with established expertise.

We remain successful in winning work across all our Platforms, including appointment and/or reappointment to bank and housebuilding 
panels for our legal services teams, as well as in securing new multi-disciplinary (that is, legal and consultancy) appointments involving 
multiple Gateley service lines.  Examples of the latter include:

Legal (property) and surveying (utilities compensation - Gateley Hamer) services sold to a housebuilder;
Legal (property) and fiscal incentives consultancy (Capital Allowances - Gateley Capitus) services sold to a UK logistics provider;

• 
• 
•  Human Capital consulting (t-three) and legal (cyber security) services sold to a global pharmaceutical company; and
• 

Legal (employment) and Human Capital consulting (t-three) services sold to a national transportation systems business.

We are delighted with how well our legal and consulting services are combining to win these types of appointments, evidencing that 
broadening and strengthening these Platforms will secure further profitable growth.

We conducted our Group-wide tri-annual client survey during the year, scoring extremely well (net promoter score +68). Gateley 
remains the UK’s most active M&A legal advisor by deal volume, as we reported in H1 2020 when the Group was ranked first in London 
and the North West and second in the Midlands and Yorkshire. In difficult times this is a resounding testament to our referral network, 
staff and service delivery capabilities.

As announced on 17 October 2019 the Group introduced a new five-year Orderly Market Agreement, which commenced on 8 June 
2020.  This replaced a similar agreement which was put in place at the time of the Company’s admission to the AIM Market in 2015. The 
new agreement makes all the partners in the Group subject to a minimum capital investment, above which there is an annual sales cap. 
The overwhelming internal support for this showcases our collegiate culture and demonstrates our partners’ long-term commitment to 
the Group’s strategy.

We remain focused on investing in the right people to join the Gateley team, and incentivising them through plc share ownership, 
providing an attractive alternative to traditional law firm ownership models. Exercised SAYE, CSOP and SARS option schemes required 
the creation of 3,187,446 new shares during the Year, which represented 2.7% of the entire issued share capital of the Group.  These 
schemes were granted three years ago, with the resultant shares increasing staff share ownership.

8

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer’s Review (continued)
Operational Review (continued)

A new Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) has also been introduced to replace our existing SARS, creating greater alignment to the profit 
performance of the Group and greater clarity over the impact of dilution going forward. Shortly after the year end we issued our FY21 
CSOP and new LTIP award schemes that were granted over 976,797 and 1,405,766 shares respectively.

We have spent many years building-up our physical footprint across the UK, matching our office locations with commercial 
opportunities available to the Group. As a result, we currently provide our services from most of the major commercial centres in the 
UK. Our office network remains an important asset and, during FY20, we secured targeted long-term positions, on favourable terms, 
in relation to parts of our office portfolio. Our strategy is to maximise the use of our existing offices. We believe that the agile working 
regime, which we have recently adopted, will enable us to on-board opportunities that become available to us, in or beyond our existing 
centres, without the need to extend the overall size of our office portfolio. This will further improve operational gearing and broaden 
and strengthen our business.

In 2019, we committed to a new ten-year lease on our second largest office, Manchester, and successfully relocated our 90+ Guildford 
team to new offices, also on a ten-year lease, to facilitate further expansion of services across the south of England and enable the 
complete relocation of the Persona Associates team from Horsham to the new Guildford office. We also took back office space from 
a long-standing sub-tenant in Paternoster Square, London. This was necessitated by the growth of our London based teams, including 
Kiddy & Partners, Gateley Hamer, Gateley Capitus and Gateley Legal.  Our London base continues to act as a gateway for national and 
international clients.  Finally, we have, recently, expanded our network by the opening of an initially serviced office in Newcastle, to 
support our housebuilding client needs.  All of our office locations are multi-floored, and we have the ability in our leases to sublet 
attractively sized floor plates should we need to do so.

We were very pleased and proud to be awarded ‘UK Law Firm of the Year’ at the British Legal Awards in November 2019, whilst more 
recently winning Corporate Law Firm of the Year at the Thames Valley Deal Awards and the Greater Birmingham Chamber of Commerce 
2020 Awards: Excellence in Contribution to the Community Award; and Excellence in Sales and Marketing Award.  We believe these 
industry peer awards bear testament to the hard work and dedication of all our people, and an acknowledgment of the strength and 
quality of our business.

Our Platforms
In implementation of our strategy to differentiate ourselves by our ability to offer our clients complementary legal and consultancy 
professional services, we have continued to invest in our Platforms.  These Platforms comprise clusters of complementary Group 
services, presenting a broader and more compelling offering to clients in specific markets, or sectors.  This broader, connected services 
approach enhances cross-selling opportunities to our existing clients, and represents a compelling go-to-market strategy for new ones.

To this point we have successfully established our “Property Platform” and our “Human Capital Platform”, with our plan being to 
replicate that approach in other areas as demand and opportunity dictate.

Our Property Platform currently comprises the expertise and services of our property lawyers, Gateley Capitus, Gateley Hamer, Persona 
Associates (now forming part of Gateley Hamer) and recently acquired Gateley Vinden.  Though we may add to the breadth of services 
offered by this Platform in the future, it already offers a broad range of professional services, including legal, surveying, compulsory 
purchase and planning, land referencing, tax incentives and reliefs, dispute resolution and debt finance; all as they relate specifically to 
property, and all delivered by professionals and businesses expert in and dedicated to property.

Our “Human Capital Platform” currently comprises our employment, pensions and benefits lawyers, as well as Entrust, Kiddy & 
Partners and t-three.  Again, we may add to this Platform in future, but already it offers employers an array of Human Capital services, 
including legal, pension trustee and advisory services, occupational and behavioural sciences services including c-suite and board-level 
assessment, leadership development and individual/organisational cultural/behavioural consulting and change programmes.

The Board’s strategy is to continue to grow these Platforms, and add new ones, both organically and through acquisition. 

Acquisitions
Our acquisition strategy is primarily focused on both legal and specialist consultancy services business targets which fit seamlessly into 
our market-focused Platforms of complementary service lines, supplementing our core legal services offering and differentiating our 
business.  Our plc status and established reputation help us to attract and incentivise first class professionals to help us develop these 
Platforms from which we sell multiple services collaboratively.

9

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer’s Review (continued)
Acquistions (continued)

FY20 was another busy year in the expansion of the Group, and I am pleased that we completed all planned deals prior to the onset of 
COVID-19 and the UK lockdown.  Those new businesses to join the Group during FY20 are as follows:

Persona Associates (July 2019) - one of the UK’s longest-established and leading land referencing consultancies, advising on some of 
the UK’s largest infrastructure and regeneration projects. This business is now fully integrated into Gateley Hamer;

t-three (December 2019) - offers services and products to businesses that enable them to develop their senior people and effect 
cultural change within the business itself. Together with Kiddy & Partners, we now offer one of the largest specialist Human Capital 
consultancy businesses in the UK;

Gateley Tweed (March 2020) - offers specialist legal services in reputation management and media law, with offices in Belfast and 
a presence in Dublin and London.  The acquisition expands our offering in media law, reputation management, privacy and brand 
protection and presents cross-selling opportunities into Tweed’s existing and future client base. In addition, the acquisition has 
strengthened our position in the Irish professional services market providing a base in Northern Ireland and the Republic of Ireland 
from which we can offer broader legal services and allowing for growth and expansion in Belfast, where Gateley Capitus are already 
established, as well as a number of Gateley Legal Construction lawyers; and

Gateley Vinden (March 2020) - a specialist business offering corporate advisory, dispute resolution and consultancy to the built 
environment, property and construction markets. The acquisition has strengthened our Construction team and added weight to our 
corporate advisory, dispute management and resolution expertise.

Target acquisitions will allow us to create new Platforms, building on our existing legal services lines around which we can aggregate 
complementary consultancy services. Ultimately, our business will offer a balanced range of legal and related professional services, 
which will make us indispensable to our clients, create more opportunity for our people, differentiate us from our competitors and 
make us more attractive to our investors.

Succession and Board Changes
Michael Ward, who stepped down from the role of Chief Executive Officer on 30 April 2020, now oversees our consultancy services 
businesses and remains as an executive director on our Board.

Current trading and outlook
FY21 started better than we initially expected, given the worldwide economic crisis. The Group has been profitable and cash positive 
throughout the current year to date, albeit Q1 FY21 activity levels were down 9% year-on-year, improving to just 7% down at the end of 
August 2020.

Although there has been a positive trend in activity levels within the Group since April, the macro-economic outlook remains too 
uncertain for the Board to sensibly guide on the outcome for FY21. The fundamentals of our business, and the opportunities that exist 
for capitalising on our broader professional services through our Platforms, however, remain strong.

Gateley is a resilient, balanced and financially transparent business with a demonstrable history of growth across numerous economic 
cycles. Given our proven ability to perform in counter-cyclical markets and our low geared balance sheet, we fully expect to emerge 
from this crisis in a strong position, able to capitalise on both organic and acquisition opportunities to grow the business further. 
Opportunities undoubtedly exist to broaden our client offering and Platforms further and deliver strong returns to investors. We remain 
confident in our business and people and embrace the future.

Rod Waldie
Chief Executive Officer
28 September 2020

10

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
Finance Director’s Review

Revenue
Group total revenue grew by 6.1% (FY19: 20.2%) to £109.8m (FY19: £103.5m).  Revenue from core legal service lines grew 
organically by 3.5% (FY19: 9.5%) and rose by a further 2.6% through acquisitions made during the year (FY19: 10.7%).  Revenue 
from complementary consultancy businesses represented £11.0m or 10% of total revenue (FY19: £7.0m or 6.7%), highlighting the 
continued diversification of the business, as set out in the Group’s strategy.

The Group benefitted from another strong year of organic growth in its legal Corporate reporting segment, which generated 17.1% 
growth in revenue.  We continue to top deal-volume league tables, as a result of our expertly delivered services to our Private Equity 
and M&A clients.  Our Property reporting segment grew by 3.8% as we took advantage of opportunities, generated by our diversified 
offering and overall Platform strength, at both regional and national level in the UK’s construction, property development and housing 
markets, which rely upon long-term specialist legal support.  We have enhanced the Property Platform in adding a suite of additional 
services as a result of the acquisition of Persona Associates in July 2019 and Gateley Vinden in March 2020.  The acquisition of t-three 
in December 2019 contributed almost half of the 22.9% annual growth in our Employment, Pensions and Benefits reporting segment. 
Gateley Tweed, a new legal service line, slotted in well to our Business Services Platform towards the end of the year.

The FY20 outcome was not as initially expected, due to the unforeseen impact of COVID-19 on revenue.  Transactions paused, which 
meant it was impossible for clients in the majority of our transactional-led work types to complete expected deals.  However, new 
opportunities arose in other areas of our well-balanced business portfolio from the same clients, and the strength of our relationships 
held strong to ensure we achieved another year of growth.

Personnel costs and operating expenses
Our total personnel costs increased by £0.8m million to £63.5m (FY19: £62.8m). This comprised a mixture of headcount increases 
through a combination of organic and acquisitive growth, 1 May 2019 pay awards, minus the decrease in total staff financial rewards, 
which resulted from the Board’s decision to cancel FY20 bonuses in order to conserve cash following the onset of the COVID-19 
pandemic.

The impact of COVID-19 on the top line in the final six weeks of the financial year was sudden.  No cost base within our business could 
flex quickly enough to counter such an impact. However, we took swift action to mitigate this loss of revenue and to plan for all possible 
scenarios.  Commencing use of the Government’s Job Retention Scheme (“JRS”) was a key aspect of our plan as the uncertainty set 
in across the world. As COVID-19 took hold, we immediately ceased all non-essential recruitment and decided to use the JRS with 
immediate effect.  Income during the year arising from the use of the JRS totalled £0.4m, as we placed 285 staff on furlough in April. 
Furlough scheme usage increased during May to July, followed by a subsequent reduction due to flexible working, a gradual return to 
restricted office working across certain locations and as a result of increases in activity.

Prior to the pandemic, our headcount was increased organically to meet client demand and as a result of making four acquisitions.  
Once again, we strengthened our legal and consultancy teams with key hires throughout the year. Eleven new legal partners joined the 
business in FY20 and we made six successful promotions to legal partner. 

Average numbers of legal and professional staff rose by 15.7% to 706 (FY19: 610), whilst support staff numbers rose 14.8% to 341 
(FY19: 297).  Personnel costs as a percentage of fees reduced to 57.8% of revenue from 60.7% in FY19 excluding share-based payment 
charges.

Other operating expenses increased by 8.5% or £1.9m to £23.8m (FY19: 21.9m).  £1.1m of this increase was as a result of the 
expansion of the Group following the four acquisitions made during the year.  The remainder was due to investment in our information 
technology infrastructure and professional service fee increases, following a number of significant growth years.  Operating expenses as 
a percentage of revenue increased by 0.4% to 21.6% (FY19: 21.2%).

Prior to lockdown the Group’s cost base was growing proportionately with the level of organic growth generated, and as a result of the 
earnings enhancing acquisitions made mainly during the latter half of FY20.  Following lockdown certain overheads ceased abruptly, as 
the business switched successfully to homeworking.  Whilst not planned, some of the savings resulting from our new way of working 
will continue to benefit the business going forward and overheads will rebase.  These costs are predominately property, travel and office 
supply related, and present a significant opportunity to navigate towards a lower total cost base in the future under new normal working 
practices. We remain fully focused on sensible cost management and control and we are confident that all actions taken in H1 FY21 
currently enable us to anticipate that total costs for FY21 could be at a similar level to FY20.

11

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Finance Director’s Review (continued)
Personnel costs and operating expenses (continued) 

Operationally, there remains a significant focus on IT, and our current and future infrastructure.  We have invested sensibly over recent 
years and further enhance both our internal and client facing experiences of IT usage.  I wish to thank Nick Capell, our IT Director, along 
with his team for the dedication they have shown in moving us all to home working with such care and professionalism.  We have taken 
steps both pre and post pandemic to continue to refine existing processes, including moving to Microsoft Teams during 2019, investing 
in a new client opening technology and streamlining service delivery services.

Our response to COVID-19
As COVID-19 swept across the UK in mid-March, we prioritised the wellbeing of all staff across the Group.  This involved the immediate 
closure of all of our offices and resultant changes in working practices, to ensure continuity of service to our clients as staff continued 
to support them and the business remotely.  I am extremely pleased with the calm response of our staff and the Gateley team spirit 
shown across the Group in the face of such difficult circumstances.  Whilst the statements in this report contain the strategic steps 
taken by the Group and our Board in handling the new challenges presented, the thoughts of each segmental reporting group head are 
detailed below to provide a context on trading sentiment and activity across the Group into and emerging from the UK wide lockdown.

(a) 

Since the initial impact in April and May the Banking and Restructuring Group has seen an increasing volume of new work 
as the business attempts to understand the impact of COVID-19. To date, the work has mainly been business and financial 
advisory, centred around the Government’s various support schemes. However, we expect a significant uptick in transactional 
restructuring and refinancing as the longer-term economic effects of COVID-19 take hold - Brendan McGeever (Group head of 
the Banking and Restructuring Group)

(b)      The initial impact of lockdown on the Corporate Group caused an abrupt slowdown in transactional work with many corporate 

deals either aborting or being postponed. The Corporate Group did, however, manage to maintain a reasonable degree of activity 
not only within its Private Client Unit, but also within its Corporate & Tax Units. As a testament to the Corporate Unit’s large 
and diverse client base, there was deal activity through a number of well financed clients who saw opportunities in the market. 
Such activity levels have been steadily increasing, as the pipeline of work improves and confidence returns within the corporate 
community - Charles Glaskie (Group head of the Corporate Group)

(c)     Our Business Services Group has so far weathered the COVID-19 storm. We are not yet back to pre-coronavirus activity levels, 

but after an initial dip, instructions have picked up, albeit not all of the projects we are advising on are of a comparable magnitude 
to pre-lockdown days. - Simon Pigden (Group head of the Business Services Group)

(d)     For our Employment, Pensions and Benefits Group the announcement of lockdown and the Job Retention Scheme meant a 

very busy period in advising clients on furlough across all sectors.  There was, however, an adverse impact on trading due to the 
general suspension of the Employment Tribunal system, the decline in transactional work and a drop off in day to day advisory 
work whilst workforces were furloughed.  Work levels increased steadily during June and July, by which time the Employment 
Tribunal system was operating with some degree of normality, and there was a marked increase in transactional support work 
including numerous restructuring/insolvency matters.  Business as usual employee relations advice work has also returned to 
more usual levels. - Andrew MacMillan (Group head of the Employment, Pensions and Benefits Group)

(e)      The Property Group transitioned smoothly to home working on lockdown with the help of recent investment in IT. Work levels 

have been unusually strong in the specialist Logistics, Construction and Real Estate Disputes teams. Client activity has rebounded 
strongly in the Housebuilder team due to our diversified client base, while a relatively light Retail exposure has helped reduce the 
impact of lower activity levels in that sector. On the volume side, Plot sale rates initially fell sharply but have recovered strongly to 
be consistently above pre COVID-19 levels across the country. - Callum Nuttall (Group head of the Property Group)

Underlying operating profit before tax
Underlying operating profit before tax (PBT) of £18.7m increased by 3.9% from £18.0m enabling a steady PBT margin of 16.99% 
(FY19: 17.39%).

Underlying operating profit before tax excludes amortisation of acquired intangibles, impairment of intangibles and all share-based 
charges. Underlying profit before tax has been calculated as an alternative performance measure, in order to provide a more meaningful 
measure and year on year comparison of the profitability of the underlying business.

12

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
Finance Director’s Review (continued)
Underlying operating profit before tax (continued) 

Extract of UK statement of comprehensive income

Revenue 

Operating profit

Operating profit margin (%)

Reconciliation to alternative performance measure: underlying operating profit before tax

Operating profit

Non-underlying items

Share-based payment charges - Gateley Plc

Share-based payment charges - Kiddy & Partners

Amortisation of intangible assets

Exceptional items

Acquisition costs

Impairment of software development costs

Underlying operating profit before tax

Adjusted underlying operating profit margin (%)

2020

£’000

109,838

15,361

13.99%

2019

£’000

103,471

15,870

15.34%

15,361

15,870

821

534

1,375

107

463

655

-

1,406

61

-

18,661

17,992

16.99%

17.39%

Earnings Per Share (EPS)
Basic EPS decreased by 12.6% to 10.34p (FY19: 11.83p).  Basic EPS before non-underlying and exceptional items decreased by 5.3% to 
12.69p (FY19: 13.39p). Diluted EPS decreased by 12.7% to 10.14p (FY19: 11.61p).  Diluted EPS before non-underlying and exceptional 
items decreased by 5.3% to 12.45p (FY19: 13.15p).

Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)
The Group has introduced a new LTIP share scheme that aligns share option reward distribution with compound annual growth in EPS 
over a three-year vesting period based on underlying trading profit after tax rather than share price.  The LTIP scheme uses EPS growth 
based on underlying profit after tax, as the most appropriately aligned profit measure that staff participating within the scheme can be 
held accountable against and is referred to as underlying fully diluted EPS. Profits used to calculate underlying EPS are disclosed below:

Reported profit after tax 

Adjustments for non-underlying and exceptional items: 

Anticipated impact of IFRS 16 if it had been adopted in earlier years

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Share-based payment adjustments

 Impairment of software development costs

Acquisition-related costs

Underlying profit after tax

2020

£’000

11,723

-

1,375

1,355

463

107

2019

£’000

13,041

(313)

1,406

655

-

61

15,023

14,850

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for calculating diluted earnings per share

115,599,727

112,280,569

Underlying adjusted fully diluted EPS 

13.00p

13.23p

13

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 Finance Director’s Review (continued)

Taxation
The Group’s tax charge for the year was £3.0m (FY19: £2.9m), which comprised a corporation tax charge of £3.4m (FY19: £3.4m) and 
a deferred tax credit of £0.4m (FY19: credit of £0.5m).

The deferred tax credit arises due to a combination of credits in respect of the share schemes that have vested in the year and the 
release of deferred tax on brands. The total effective rate of tax is 20.6% (FY19: 18.2%) based on reported profits before tax. The 
increase is as a result of the increase in non-underlying and exceptional items (largely amortisation of acquired intangible assets and 
share based payment charges) that are not tax deductible.

The net deferred taxation liability was £1.2m (FY19: asset £0.1m).

Dividend
The Board’s intention is to re-instate dividend payments at the earliest sensible opportunity and will review its position once the outturn 
for FY21 is known.

The Board’s dividend policy remains to distribute up to 70% of profit after tax (PAT) to shareholders, typically one third following its 
half year results and two thirds after the full year results are known.  During FY20, the Board proposed an interim dividend of 2.9p 
(FY19: 2.6p) per share, which was subsequently cancelled on 24 March 2020 to conserve cash within the business, as a result of the 
uncertainty arising from the impact of COVID-19.

Acquisitions
During the year we completed four acquisitions.  The table below summarises the split of consideration between cash and shares, the 
net impact on cash during the year together with expected future cash payments from unpaid contingent consideration on all past 
acquisitions.  Cash consideration is shown net of any cash in the acquired business.

Acquisition – consideration summary

Cash

Share value

Initial consideration

Persona Associates

t-three Consulting

Gateley Tweed

Gateley Vinden

Contingent consideration – FY21

Persona Associates

Kiddy &  Partners

Contingent consideration – FY22

t-three Consulting

International Investment Services

£m

-

0.6

0.9

1.2

2.7

0.1

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.1

0.4

£m

0.1

1.6

1.0

3.0

5.7

-

0.1

0.1

0.4

-

0.4

Balance sheet
The Group has adopted IFRS 16 Leases during the year, applying the modified retrospective approach, and therefore has not restated 
comparatives for previous reporting period.  Details of the impact on the income statement and balance sheet as a result of the 
adoption of IFRS 16.

The Group net asset position has increased by £14.1m (FY19: £7.5m) to £44.8m (FY19: 30.6m), due to the following movements:

14

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
Finance Director’s Review (continued)
Balance sheet (continued)

There was an £8.0m increase in intangible assets and goodwill to 18.4m (FY19: £10.4m), following the acquisitions made during the 
year.  Intangible assets of £6.1m (FY19: 2.0m) have been created from current and prior acquisitions, such as client relationships, brand 
and computer software. The balance relates to goodwill of £12.3m (FY19: 8.4m) arising from acquisitions.

The Board has considered carefully the impact of COVID-19 on the future forecasts used in assessing the value in use of the cash 
generating units to which the goodwill and intangibles relate and determined that despite short term reductions such forecasts are 
more than sufficient to justify the carrying value of goodwill. Therefore, as at 30 April 2020, the Board concluded that the goodwill and 
intangible assets do not require impairment.

There was a £4.1m increase in total current assets, resulting from £3.5m additional trade and other receivables available for collection 
(including £2.2m from acquired businesses during FY20), a £1.0m increase in contract assets (unbilled revenue including £0.3m from 
acquired businesses during FY20), a £0.4m decrease in deferred tax assets and a £0.1m increase in cash at the bank.

Total liabilities increased by £0.1m, before IFRS 16 lease liabilities, as the planned repayment of total debt was offset by an increase 
in contingent consideration and the deferral of employment taxes of £3.6m and VAT of £1.2m prior to the year end. Conserving cash 
resources, following the impact of COVID-19 on the UK economy, became a priority as the year end approached.

Total net debt, excluding IFRS 16 debt, decreased to £0.9m from £3.2m due to strong cash generation and the holding back of payroll 
taxes and VAT referred to above.

Debt at the year-end comprised unsecured term loans of £3.1m (FY19: £5.7m), whilst loans to former partners of acquired businesses 
totalled £0.6m (FY19: £0.5m) and are repayable within the next 12 months.  In April 2020 the Group agreed with its lending banks 
to restructure its term loan repayments from £1.5m repayable within the next 12 months, followed by a further £1.6m quarterly to 
September 2023, to the revised profile of £0.7m within the next 12 months, followed by £1.0m during FY22 and FY23 and finally £0.4m 
in FY24.

Working capital and cash flow
In December 2019 the Group increased its overdraft facilities from £8m to £12m.  Following the impact of COVID-19 the Group moved 
swiftly to review its short-term borrowing facilities, which it increased from £12m to £20m.  Subsequently, the Group has agreed to 
gradually reduce its total overdraft facilities with effect from 1 September 2020 from £20m down to £10m, together with its term loan 
facility of £3.1m which remains in place. Total overdraft facilities available will reduce to more historical levels of £16m on 28 February 
2021, and to £10m at 30 April 2021 and remain at that level until 30 September 2021. The Group is seeking to provide longer-term 
certainty by increasing its term loan facilities from £3.1m at 30 April 2020 up to £10m, which it aims to have in place by 31 October 
2020.

At the year end, unbilled revenue recognised in the Group’s statutory accounts from time recorded on non-contingent work totalled 
£11.7m or 10.6% of revenue recognised over the last 12 months, compared to 10.3% at the end of FY19, where the billing cycle is 
annually most active ahead of the Group’s April year end.

The Group was on track to show a significant improvement in debtor days prior to the end of FY20. However, as COVID-19 caused a 
slowdown in our clients’ ability to keep up debt repayments, cash collections slowed, resulting in Group debtor days rising to 102 days 
compared to 100 days in FY19.

Cash generated from operations (post cashflow from IFRS 16 leases) was £11.7m (FY19: £12.1m), which represents 98.5% (FY19: 
92.7%) of profit after taxation.

Net cash generated from underlying operating activities

Tax paid

Cash outflow from IFRS 16 leases (rental payments excluded from operating cash flows under IFRS 16)

Free cash flow

Underlying profit after tax

Cash conversion

2020

£’000

15,229

2019

£’000

15,166

(2,767)

(3,075)

(801)

11,661

11,723

99.5%

-

12,091

13,041

92.7%

15

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Finance Director’s Review (continued)
Working capital and cash flow (continued)

Capital expenditure increased to £4.4m (FY19: £4.0m).  Cash outflow from financing activities of £8.0m was similar to outflows of 
£9.5m during FY19, as cash from dividend payments reduced. The Group continues to operate with a low level of gearing and fixed term 
debt.

Summary
The end of our fifth year as an AIM listed public company was not what we expected, due to COVID-19.  However, our balanced 
and resilient business, strong people culture and the strengthening strategy through Platform enhancements makes Gateley an 
exciting place in which to work. Our business is carefully managed and financially transparent, and we have delivered growth through 
numerous economic cycles.  Since the year end, we have laid the foundations to navigate the impact of COVID-19 on the business, 
using government schemes where appropriate.  As we adjust to how our cost base has changed, through new ways of working, we will 
capitalise on new opportunities to make the business even more resilient. There is an obvious opportunity to maximise operational 
gearing. We are determined to embrace this and to improve our margin performance further.  Our gradually improving performance 
since the end of FY20 is pleasing and gives us confidence for FY21 and beyond.

Neil Smith
Finance Director
28 September 2020

16

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Strategic Report

This report has been prepared by the Directors in accordance with the requirements of Section 414 of the Companies Act 2006.  

Principal objectives, strategy and outlook

The principal activity of the Gateley Group during the year was the provision of commercial legal services together with complementary 
professional consultancy services.  The Group sells its services through 23 business lines, grouped into five operating segments.  
Dependent on a client’s requirements, any given instruction or assignment can involve more than one business line with fee earning staff 
being provided across one or more geographical office location.

The Group’s services are tailored to those required by local, regional and national clients and are provided from eleven offices across the 
UK, as well as an office in Dubai.  Gateley also maintains informal, non-exclusive, relationships with a number of law firms (30+) around 
the world, enabling it to provide clients access to a global legal solution.

Gateley became an Alternative Business Structure (“ABS”) with effect from 1 January 2014.  Non-lawyers are permitted to own 
and invest in ABS law firms. The Board believes a combination of the new ABS structure and admission to trading on AIM provides a 
platform for the continued profitable growth and future diversified development of the business.  It enables the business to differentiate 
itself from its competition through an enhanced service-offering and unique career opportunity, to diversify its revenue streams 
through the acquisition of additional complementary legal and professional consultancy services businesses and finally to incentivise its 
people offering wider and earlier ownership to staff of a more modern, dynamic business. The Group’s current areas of focus are:

Enhanced opportunities to grow Gateley organically – including lateral hires of individuals or teams;

• 
•  Making selective acquisitions, including (i) other legal firms which offer geographical expansion or  additional specialist services 

and (ii) professional consultancy service businesses offering complementary services

•  Building out the Group’s Platforms which comprise clusters of complementary group services presenting a broader and more 

compelling offering;

•  Alignment through share participation, of the interests of shareholders (including employee shareholders) with those of the 

business, aiding retention of staff and enhancing Gateley’s recruitment appeal.

Organic growth strategy

The UK legal services market continues to exhibit growth and clear opportunities exist for Gateley to continue to differentiate its service 
offering and grow organically, in particular from:

•  The retention of existing employees, working together to deliver 100% client satisfaction by looking after our clients’ businesses as 

if they were our own;

•  Attracting new talent wishing to be a part of a pioneering legal and professional services group;
•  We will continue to provide enhanced cross-selling opportunities through collaborative working via our group wide Platforms
•  Continued strengthening of our national network, offering a quality, value-for-money legal service to mid-market clients at home, in 

the markets in which they trade;

•  Continue to build upon our straight talking mid-market corporate service offering;
•  Maintaining and building upon Gateley’s bank panel representation and “own account” work for banks;
• 

Extending Gateley’s relationships with the UK’s leading house builders and in particular in those divisions and regions where Gateley 
does not currently act.

Acquisitive growth

Gateley believes that it can strengthen its business by broadening its service offering through the acquisition of complementary legal 
and consultancy service businesses.  A broader set of services create additional channels to market, increase cross-sales potential, 
facilitate a more flexible sales model and enhance client retention.  To owners of target complementary professional services businesses 
Gateley offers a platform for their continued growth, drawing upon Gateley’s established national office network and supporting 
back-office infrastructure and access, via Gateley’s existing “sales force” of partners and other lawyers, to Gateley’s existing client-base. 
Gateley will expand by:

17

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Strategic Report (continued)
Acquisitive growth (continued)

•  Being well positioned, as a result of its more flexible corporate structure, to take advantage of anticipated consolidation within the 

UK legal services industry;

•  Acquiring legal teams or firms offering new niche services, sector specialism, or an opportunity to enter new geographic markets 

deemed strategic;

•  Acquiring complementary professional services businesses (facilitated by the Group’s alternative business structure).

Incentivisation

Gateley operates a range of employee share schemes that ensure all staff can acquire shares and participate in the financial success of 
our business.  

The aim of encouraging earlier and widespread equity ownership in the business is to attract, retain and motivate talent and to ensure 
all employees can benefit from the Group’s longer term success.

Overview for the year

See Finance Director’s report on pages 11 to 16 for a summary of key financial highlights during the year.

Management uses a number of financial and Non-GAAP alternative performance measures to assess the performance of the Group 
which are detailed below.

Financial Measures

Revenue up 6.1% (2019: 20.2%) to £109.8m (2019: £103.5 m)
Profit before tax down 6.9% (2019: up 8.9%) to £14.8m (2019: £15.9m)
Profit after tax down 10.0% (2019: up 10.6%) to £11.7m (2019: £13.0m)

• 
• 
• 
•  Operating profit margin 14% (2019: 15.4%) – Operating profit as a percentage of revenue
•  Basic Earnings per share (EPS) down 12.6% (2019: up 7.3%) to 10.34p (2019: 11.83p)
•  Total dividend declared down 100% to nil (2019: up 14.3% to 8.0p)

Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)

•  Operating profit before non-underlying charges up 3.9% to 18.7m (2019: £18.0m).  Operating profit before non-underlying 

charges excludes income or expenses that relate to amortisation, share based payment charges and non-underlying and exceptional 
items, see reconciliation on page 16. This measure is used as it removes the impact of non-cash items charged to the income 
statement, giving a more representative view of the Group’s performance for the year;

•  Operating profit margin before non-underlying charges 17% (2019: 17.4%) – Operating profit before non-underlying charges as a 

• 

• 

percentage of revenue;
Revenue per pound of salary cost £1.73 (2019: £1.65): Employees are the driving force behind revenue earned and also the largest 
operating expense within the Group. Therefore this measure is vital in monitoring the ratio between the two;
Revenue days 102 (2019: 100): This measure expresses year end trade receivables (excluding unbilled disbursements and  
expenses) as the number of preceding days’ gross revenue. The measure is used to monitor the cash generation and working 
capital cycles of the business with the view to minimise the average days taken to collect revenue once it is billed; 

•  Utilisation 80% (2019: 85%): Utilisation represents an average of the total hours billed as a percentage of total budgeted hours for 

each employee. The measure is used by management to ensure efficient people management across the various segments and an 
early indication of group activity levels;

•  Gearing ratio 8.5% (2019: 20.0%): This ratio shows the proportion of total debt to total equity within the business. The business 
monitors this ratio to ensure that the liquidity and funding of the business continues to fall in line with its overall strategy to 
maintain a low level of gearing;

•  Net debt £0.9m (2019: £3.2m): Net debt is calculated by subtracting the cash balance from the amount of other interest-bearing 
loans and borrowings. The measure is used to monitor the level of debt within the Group and ensure that this remains in line with 
the adopted business strategy. 

18

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
Strategic Report (continued)

Earnings per share (EPS)

Basic EPS was 10.34p (2019: 11.83p).  Diluted EPS was 10.14p (2019: 11.61p).  Adjusted, fully diluted EPS was 12.45p (2019: 
13.15p).

Cash flows

Net cash generated from operating activities was £12.5m (2019: £12.1m).
The Group’s net debt position as at 30 April 2020 was £0.9m (2019: £3.2m).

Going concern

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position, are set 
out in the Finance Directors review, together with the financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing 
facilities including projected compliance with covenants. Financial projections have been prepared to April 2022 which show positive 
earnings and cash flow generation and projected compliance with banking covenants at each testing date.  The COVID-19 situation has 
created an unprecedented and constantly changing challenge to all businesses. The process of monitoring the impact of the pandemic 
on the Group’s financial performance and liquidity is ongoing. The Group has applied sensitivities informed by the performance of the 
group since the onset of the pandemic, including the Group’s time recording activity, fee generation and cash collections from March 
2020 and July 2020 into its current financial projections based on various downside scenarios to illustrate the potential impact from a 
loss of utilisation in the Group’s personnel during home working, a loss of capacity from staff being unable to work due to sickness, a 
reduction in client activity by service line and business segment and constraints in the Group’s ability to grow headcount or onboard 
new clients during 2020, 2021 and 2022 outside of those already contracted. 

This process included a reverse ‘stress test’ used to inform downside testing which identified the break point in the Group’s liquidity. 
Whilst the sensitivities applied do show an expected downside impact on the Group’s financial performance in future periods, in all 
scenarios modelled the Board have identified the appropriate mitigating actions in order for the Group to maintain a robust balance 
sheet and liquidity position.  In addition, the Board have also considered mitigating actions such as lower capital expenditure, reductions 
in personnel and overhead expenditure and other short-term cash management activities within the Group’s control as part of their 
assessment of going concern.

Furthermore, as an extra safeguard to support the Group’s liquidity position in light of the ongoing pandemic the Board has worked 
closely with its supportive banks in order to find the right balance between overdraft and term loan facility levels rather than seek 
restrictive term loan facilities available under government coronavirus large business interruption loan schemes. As at 30 April 2020 
the Group moved swiftly to review its short-term borrowing needs which it increased from £12m to £20m due to the uncertainty of 
the impact of COVID-19.  Subsequently, the Group has now agreed to gradually reduce its total overdraft facilities with effect from 
1 September 2020 from £20m down to £10m, together with its term loan facility of £3.1m which remains in place. Total overdraft 
facilities available will reduce down to more historic levels of £16m on 28 February 2021 and then finally to £10m on 30 April 2021 and 
remain at that level until 30 September 2021. The Group is seeking to provide longer term certainty by increasing its term loan facilities 
from £3.1m at 30 April 2020 up to £10m which it aims to have in place by 31 October 2020. 

The Group expects to be able to operate within the Group’s financing facilities and in accordance with the covenants set out in all 
available facility agreements.  Accordingly, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future and they have adopted the going concern basis of accounting 
in preparing the annual Group financial statements.

Principal risks and uncertainties 

The Board monitors both existing and emerging risks. The operational Risk Committee also meets regularly to assess the state of 
identified risks and ensure the risk register is complete and up to date. Many of the risks faced by the Group are similar to those risks 
faced by any business but those considered to be key risks for the Group are detailed below.  Due to the nature of the business and the 
markets in which it operates, many of the risks it faces are ongoing, proving relevant to more than one single year.

19

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Strategic Report (continued)
Principal risks and uncertainties (continued)

Potential Risk

Details of Risk

Mitigating Factors

The Group considers that it is well positioned to 
withstand the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic 
and any resultant downturn. This assessment is 
made by virtue of the broad-based nature of the 
Group’s activities; comprising legal and non-legal 
services delivered to a diverse well spread client 
base. The balance between transactional services 
and litigation services effectively hedges the position 
of the business and whilst lockdown restrictions 
initially impacted clients the gradual return to working 
environments has eased this impact.

The Group has already taken steps to preserve the 
liquidity of the business including cancelling the 
interim dividend, cancelling bonuses, temporary pay 
reductions, reducing non-essential expenditure and 
taking advantage of government initiatives to ensure it 
conserves cash until greater certainty of the medium 
to long term impact of the pandemic is known.

The company remains confident that other mitigating 
actions are available alongside alternative sources of 
funding should further steps need to be taken.

In the first quarter post the financial year end the 
reduction on efficiency was minimal as staff quickly 
adapted exceptionally well to home working.  Our 
Learning and Development and IT teams have been 
extremely active in ensuring staff are supported in 
the use of IT and the new ways of working whilst 
our Marketing team have expanded the use of social 
media and webinar platforms to reach out to existing 
and new clients in order to protect against any decline 
in client activity.

Economic impact 
of COVID-19 
Pandemic

At the time of writing the COVID-19 pandemic has 
created an unprecedented and constantly changing 
challenge to all businesses with no clear end point.

Whilst Gateley has a relatively low risk, high visibility 
business model, which is adaptable to homeworking, 
we believe the risks to the Group posed by the 
COVID-19 pandemic are as follows:

Liquidity risk
• Elements of the potential disruption could impact 
the Group’s ability to convert unbilled time into fees 
as client activity is affected by the pandemic which 
could slow down collection of cash as forecast;
• Slow-down in business development activity may 
reduce future forecast cash flow, however this would 
likely be mitigated by a slow-down in recruitment 
activity.

Risk of loss of efficiency
• The short-term disruption of moving people from 
11 offices to working from home;
• Lower productivity at home and potential 
increase in level of claims from work undertaken 
during this period due to poorer connectivity, less 
communication between team members and possible 
family distractions;
• Initial disruption impacting clients causing delays in 
concluding ongoing work and commencing new work 
due to change in their working practices.

Risk of loss of projected capacity
• Team members being incapacitated or having to 
care for other family members;
• The slow-down in recruitment which is likely to be 
partially offset by lower attrition;
• We may also lose capacity when we revert to office 
working which is likely to be on a phased basis;

Risk in winning and mobilising new projects;
• Cancelled promotional events and no face to 
face meetings with clients may cause a decrease 
in instructions although this is mitigated by strong 
personal relationships and the increased use of web 
based communication channels.

20

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Strategic Report (continued)
Principal risks and uncertainties (continued)

Potential Risk

Details of Risk

Mitigating Factors

Economic impact of 
COVID 19 Pandemic
(continued)

Economic impact of 
‘Brexit'

• Some clients and sectors slowing down due to social 
distancing and government restrictions in contracting 
new projects;
• Practical challenges in planning and starting projects 
that have historically used physical presence in areas 
such as Human Capital consultancy or land and 
building inspections.

Risk in IT & security 
• A possible breach of IT security through remote 
working, although significant groundwork has been 
put in place by the business over a number of years to 
mitigate this risk.

Chance: High
Impact: High
Change in risk: New risk
The United Kingdom stopped being a member 
of the European Union on 31 January 2020 with 
minimal impact on the economy. However, with an 
exit agreement to be finalised the impact of Brexit 
continues to be unclear. 

Chance: Undetermined 
Impact: Medium 
Change in Risk: No change 

The Group considers that it is well positioned to 
withstand an economic down-turn that may result 
from Brexit. This assessment is made by virtue of 
the broad-based nature of the Group’s activities; 
comprising legal and non-legal services delivered 
to a diverse client-base. The balance between 
transactional services and litigation services effectively 
hedges the position of the business. Further to this 
the Group believes that regardless of the outcome of 
Brexit, English Law will remain one of, if not the pre-
eminent legal code, protecting demand for UK legal 
services even in economically challenging times.

21

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Mitigating Factors

While the Group will use all reasonable endeavours 
to protect its intellectual property rights should 
this be required, it may not be able to prevent any 
unauthorised use or disclosure of its intellectual 
property having an adverse effect on operating, 
marketing and financial performance of the Group. 

Strategic Report (continued)
Principal risks and uncertainties (continued)

Details of Risk
The success of the Group’s business depends on 
the maintenance of good client relationships and its 
reputation for providing high-quality professional 
services. If a client’s expectations are not met, or if 
the business is involved in litigation or claims relating 
to its performance in a particular matter, the Group’s 
reputation could be significantly damaged. 

The Group’s reputation could also be damaged 
through Gateley’s involvement (as an adviser or 
as a litigant) in high-profile or unpopular legal 
proceedings. The Group may be required to incur 
significant reputational and financial harm if such 
litigation is successful or if there is negative press 
coverage.

The Group constantly endeavours to maintain 
its reputation as a provider of client focussed 
commercial advice and has adopted internal 
management processes and training programmes to 
support this. Its legal services are Lexcel accredited 
(the SRA’s quality standard). These standards are 
applied across the non-legal parts of the business 
where applicable.

New clients and matters go through an internal 
acceptance process that includes a comprehensive 
risk assessment. This includes consideration of 
potential impact on the Group’s integrity and 
reputation of each engagement. 

The Group regards its brand names, trademarks, 
domain names, trade secrets and similar intellectual 
property as important to its success. Its businesses 
have been developed with a strong emphasis on 
branding. Should the brand name of Gateley be 
damaged in any way or lose market appeal, the 
Group’s businesses could be adversely impacted. 

Chance: Medium
Impact: High 
Change in risk: No change

Potential Risk
Reputation

22

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
Strategic Report (continued)
Principal risks and uncertainties (continued)

Potential Risk

Details of Risk

Mitigating Factors

Operational & IT 
risk

Cyber Risk

Professional 
liability and 
uninsured risks

The Group places significant reliance on its IT 
systems, any loss of these facilities or provisions 
would have a serious impact on the Group’s 
operations. Due to the nature of this risk no 
assurances can be given that all such risks will be 
adequately covered by its existing systems.

The Group is in the process of transitioning to a 
new practice management system (“PMS”). With 
any transition of this nature there is a risk to data 
retention and integrity as well as business continuity. 

Chance: Medium
Impact: High 
Change in risk: No change  

Due to the nature of the Group’s business and its 
reliance on IT platforms, the Group is susceptible to 
cyber risks. This risk continues to increase within the 
legal and other professional services sectors. The 
risk relates primarily to the malicious hacking of the 
Group’s and/or client data or ransom attacks. 

Chance: Medium
Impact: High 
Change in risk: This risk continues to increase as 
demonstrated by the regular reporting of attacks 
experienced by other businesses.
The Group provides professional services, 
predominantly legal advice. Like all providers of 
professional services, it is susceptible to potential 
liability from negligence, breach of client contract and 
other claims by clients. The professional indemnity 
insurance held by the Group may not be adequate 
to indemnify the Group for all liability that may be 
incurred (or loss which may be suffered). Any liability 
or legal defence expenses that are not covered by 
insurance or are in excess of the insurance coverage 
could have a materially adverse effect on the Group’s 
business and financial condition.

The Group monitors the resilience of its information 
systems and other facilities on an ongoing basis, 
working with external partners to support the delivery 
of its internal and client facing IT provision. 

The Group has in place a business continuity plan that 
is reviewed as appropriate. 

The Group, and external partners assisting in the 
development and implementation of the new system 
have undertaken risk assessment procedures and 
believe that adequate safeguards are in place to 
minimise the risk of loss or disruption to the business. 

The Group and the Risk Committee are aware of the 
increasing cyber risk and have an ongoing programme 
to implement controls and procedures to mitigate this 
risk. 

The Group regularly reviews its security 
arrangements, including regular third party 
penetration tests, in order to identify and 
subsequently address weaknesses within the current 
systems. 

The Group has a cyber insurance policy in place to 
help to mitigate this risk
The Group is advised by market leading insurance 
brokers and the Directors believe that it holds 
comprehensive professional liability insurance. Any 
claims are defended strongly by senior members of 
the business at all stages and external advice is sought 
where appropriate. The Group works hard to ensure 
its employees provide excellent advice and services 
to its clients, underpinned by quality processes and 
bespoke training programmes. In the opinion of the 
Directors the Group has a good claims history.

23

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Strategic Report (continued)
Principal risks and uncertainties (continued)

Potential Risk

Regulatory 
Compliance

Details of Risk
The Group, like all businesses, is subject to a range 
of regulations, for example; AIM Rules and the 
Solicitors Regulation Authority’s (“SRA”) Code of 
Conduct. Failure to comply with these could have 
significant implications for the business ranging 
from reputational damage to criminal prosecution 
and sentencing. The  Group operates in a regulated 
market which imposes additional regulation, including 
Restrictions on holdings of 10% or more under the 
Legal Services Act 2007. This Act dictates that should 
any non-deemed approved lawyer acquire restricted 
interest (a share holding of 10% or more) in Gateley 
Plc, (which is an SRA Licenced Body) without having 
SRA prior consent, this would be treated as a criminal 
offence. The SRA also has the power to force the 
divestment of any shareholding that breaches the rule 
or revoke the Licenced Body status of Gateley Plc 
which would have a serious effect on the Group.

The SRA also regulates the use and disclosure of 
client information. The Group is exposed to the risk 
of employees engaging in misconduct, including the 
improper use or disclosure of confidential client 
information. Employee misconduct could result in 
considerable harm to the Group’s reputation, as well 
as regulatory sanctions and financial damage. 

Chance: Low
Impact: Medium
Change in risk: No change 

Mitigating Factors

The Directors are in a dialogue with the SRA to 
minimise such risk and as far as they are able, ensure 
that this particular regulation is made known to 
shareholders. 

Staff are trained and reminded of these duties and file 
management processes are in place to mitigate this 
risk but it cannot be removed in full. 

24

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Strategic Report (continued)
Principal risks and uncertainties (continued)

Potential Risk
Employees

Details of Risk
Well trained and experienced employees are 
essential for the delivery of excellent professional 
services. The market for such employees remains 
competitive and the loss of or failure to recruit and 
retain such employees could impact on the Group’s 
ability to deliver professional services and financial 
performance.

A failure to implement effective succession planning 
throughout the business could also adversely affect 
financial performance.

The geographical spread of management and 
the development of new offices and operations 
could compromise effective communication and 
responsiveness impacting the Group’s strategic goals. 

Chance: Medium
Impact: High
Change in risk: No change

Acquisition risk

The Group‘s strategy is for growth, both organically 
and by acquisition. Acquisitions may not always realise 
the benefits expected at the time of completion.

A failure to successfully integrate acquisitions may 
impact on Group profitability.

The availability of viable acquisition opportunities may 
decrease. 

Chance: Low 
Impact: Medium
Change in risk: No change 

Mitigating Factors
Recruitment is led by senior members of the business 
with all professional staff being interviewed by 
partners and senior managers.

Remuneration arrangements include a range of 
benefits which are believed to be highly competitive. 

Employee contracts include appropriate provisions to 
protect the business where possible. 

A failure to implement effective succession planning 
throughout the business could also adversely affect 
financial performance.

The geographical spread of management and 
the development of new offices and operations 
could compromise effective communication and 
responsiveness impacting the Group’s strategic goals. 

Chance: Medium
Impact: High
Change in risk: No change 

A comprehensive training programme is in place for 
all staff providing management, leadership, technical 
and skills training. 

The Board and the Boards of the subsidiary 
companies are responsible for the implementation 
of succession plans for each of the businesses and 
investment continues to be made in the recruitment 
of appropriate staff where required. 

Use of internal communications systems are 
continuously reviewed and developed to meet staff 
needs.

The Group has a vision statement which sets out the 
core values and behaviours expected of staff. 

The Group will consider complementary and earnings 
enhancing acquisitions as part of its overall growth 
strategy. Acquisitions may not always realise the 
benefits expected at the time of completion. 
Integration plans are formulated as part of the 
acquisition process and executed in anticipation of 
and following acquisition as appropriate.

The Board considers that the recent consolidation 
within the professional services market will continue 
and that as a result there will be continuing availability 
of businesses for acquisition.

25

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Strategic report (continued)
Principal risks and uncertainties (continued)

Management have considered the principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Group and have added this year the risk of COVID-19 on 
the business this year. 

Section 172(1) Statement 
The Board members consider that they have acted in the way most likely to promote the success of the Group for the benefit of its 
members. In doing so the Directors have considered to key stakeholders and other matters set out in s172(1) of the Act when making 
decisions in the year, including:

likely consequences of any decisions in the long term;
interests of the Group’s employees;
need to foster the Group’s business relationships with clients, suppliers, and others;
impact of the Group’s operations on the community and environment;

• 
• 
• 
• 
•  Group’s reputation for high standards of business conduct; and
• 

need to act fairly as between members of the Group.

The disclosures set out below are some examples of how the Directors have had regard to the matters set out in Section 172(1)(a) to 
(f) when discharging their section 172 duties and the effect of that on certain decisions taken by them. More detail on how our Board 
operates can be found in the Governance Report on pages 37 to 52. Illustrations of how section 172 factors have been applied by the 
Board can be found throughout the Strategic Report. For example, details on how we have considered the impact of the Company’s 
operations on the environment are detailed below. Details of stakeholder engagement, including clients and employees, can be found 
under Principle 3 of the Corporate Governance Statement, see pages 39 to 40.

Board decision 
made in the year 

Application of s.172

Strategy: Acquisition 
of businesses during 
the year 

Strategy: 
Cancellation of 
dividend 

Governance: 
Appointment of Rod 
Waldie as CEO

Finance: Approval of 
2020/21 budget 

Gateley (Holdings) Plc has made several acquisitions in the year. During the Board’s consideration of each 
acquisition management presented its due diligence findings. The Board considered how each acquisition 
would fit in with the culture of the business and the long-term value creation strategy of the wider Group. In 
each case the acquired business demonstrated its alignment with the Gateley ethos and strong potential for 
growth.
In response to the economic uncertainty resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic the Board made the decision 
to cancel the interim dividend due to shareholders, with no final dividend being declared. In reaching this 
decision the Board considered all key stakeholders including shareholders, employees and creditors. The 
Board considered it appropriate to preserve cash reserves to ensure the continued ability to pay suppliers and 
employees in the event of an economic downturn. 
The Board is committed to ensuring that it possesses the right balance of skills, experience and knowledge to 
perform its duties effectively and deliver strong continued growth. The Board has planned for the succession 
of Michael Ward as CEO over a number of years and implemented a gradual handover to Rod.  In selecting Rod 
the Board considered the existing skillset and experience of internal and external candidates, individually and 
as a whole, and the culture of the Group. On 1 May 2020 Rod Waldie was appointed as CEO of the Group.
The Group’s business plan is to drive sustainable growth in the long term, which is in the interest of all 
stakeholders. The Board has paid close consideration to this objective in establishing and approving the 
2021 year end budget. In the current economic climate this has involved close monitoring of the impact of 
COVID-19 on each sector in which the Group operates, ensuring no over reliance on a single market or client; 
ensuring the Group is best placed to continue delivering a high standard of client service through evolving to 
the new way of working and increasing focus on minimising our environmental impact. 

Environmental actions statement
The Board believes good environmental practices, such as the recycling of paper waste and conservation of energy usage, will support 
its strategy by enhancing the reputation of the Group. However, due to the nature of its business generally, the Group does not have a 
significant environmental impact.

UK energy consumption and Greenhouse Gas disclosure
The Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) Regulation 2018 requires Gateley (Holdings) Plc to disclose annual 
UK energy consumption and Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from SECR regulated sources. Energy and GHGemissions have been 
26

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Strategic report (continued)
Environmental actions statement (continued)

independently calculated by Briar Associates Energy and Environmental consulting engineers.
Reported energy and GHG emissions data is compliant with SECR requirements and has been calculated in accordance with the GHG 
Protocol and SECR guidelines. Energy and GHG emissions are reported from buildings and transport where operational control is held 
–this includes electricity, natural gas, and business travel in company-owned or grey-fleet vehicles. The table below details the regulated 
SECR energy and GHG emission sources for the current reporting period 1 May 2019 to 30 April 2020 and details a comparison against 
last year 1 May 2018 to 30 April 2019.

Energy (mWh)

  Natural Gas

  Electricity

  Transport

Total energy (mWh)

Emissions (tCO2e)

  Natural Gas

  Electricity

Total SECR emissions

Intensity metric

£m turnover

tCO2e per £m of turnover

2020

2019

Change

1,313

5,020

311

6,644

241

1,421

1,662

109.8

15.1

0.4

2.18%

(2.92)%

4.36%

(1.63)%

2.12%

(2.94)%

(2.24)%

6.1%

(7.93)%

1,285

5,171

298

6,754

236

1,464

1,700

103.5

16.4

0.4

Gateley (Holdings) Plc is committed to reducing its environmental impact and contribution to climate change. During the reporting 
period, detailed building and transport energy audits were commissioned through Briar Associates Energy and Environmental 
Consulting Engineers to identify potential energy-saving opportunities.

While the opportunities identified are not significant, Gateley (Holdings) Plc takes its impact on the environment seriously and has 
since identified an Energy Manager to review environmental initiatives as appropriate, beginning with the creation of an energy-saving 
action plan to identify areas of the business where energy can be saved and implement measures and strategies to achieve these savings.

Data records and methodology
Metered kWh consumption taken from supplier or landlord invoices is reported where possible. An exception to this is the energy 
consumption at our London premises, which has been calculated using manual meter readings. Where no data was available, energy 
consumption has been estimated against CIBSE industry benchmarks from CIBSE Guide F. Equivalent GHG emissions have been 
calculated using conversion factors published by BEISin 2019 and reported using both location and market-based methods.

Transport emissions have been calculated based on mileage expense claim records, applying the average UK split between petrol and 
diesel vehicles to estimate relative fuel usage. Mileage per fuel type was converted into equivalent GHG emissions using the most recent 
emissions factors published by BEIS in 2019, and then divided by the gross Calorific Value to deduce kWh consumption.

Social matters
We believe that running a profitable and growing business, which creates jobs and contributes to the economic success of the areas in 
which it operates, is a platform for good corporate social responsibility. We have a long-standing commitment to support our staff in 
engaging with their local communities and charities. This social awareness is present throughout the business, from our employees to 
our clients, our professional connections and the suppliers we use. Our continued contribution through the commitment of our people 
continues to improve lives and build communities.

27

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
Strategic report (continued)

Sustainability
To deliver strong, sustainable shareholder returns over the long-term, the operation of a profitable business is a priority and that means 
investing for growth. To achieve this, the Group recognises that it needs to operate in a sustainable manner and therefore has adopted 
core principles to its business operations which provide a framework for both managing risk and maintaining its position as a good 
‘corporate citizen’.

Charities and communities
We have a high level of engagement within our local communities. Each year, we sponsor business, sports and community awards. Our 
business has benefited greatly from winning numerous awards and we feel it’s right to help other businesses reap the rewards of such 
accolades. In addition, we sponsor a variety of local club, business and sports related events across the country. We believe this brings 
many benefits to the local community and beyond. Our staff vote annually to choose local office charities to support throughout the 
year with fund raising activities engaging staff, clients and communities in a number of enjoyable events.

Developing our people
The Group continues to create opportunities for staff at all levels of the Group.  We have a strong track record as an employer of choice 
in the provision of legal graduate traineeships and apprenticeship schemes highlighting the Group’s motivation to ‘grow our own’. 
Trainees work alongside qualified professionals in completing a period of recognised training (often known as a training contract) giving 
individuals supervised experience in legal practice. This is the final stage of the process of qualification as a solicitor where they refine 
and develop their professional skills. 

As an employer of non-lawyer consultants and our trusted and valuable support staff we offer both internal and external routes to 
qualifications within their chosen sector and expertise.

We have a dedicated internal training team on hand to oversee the development of our people. The team provides soft skills and 
professional qualifications guidance to enhance staff careers and develop our staff at all levels.

Diversity and inclusion
We are an equal opportunities employer and it is our policy to ensure that all job applicants and employees are treated fairly and on 
merit regardless of race, sex, marital/civil partnership status, age, disability, religious belief, pregnancy, maternity, gender reassignment 
or sexual orientation. We have established four internal networks to support our people:

Unity - Unity recognises, celebrates and supports employees from all different cultures, religions, backgrounds and those with 
disabilities. Our Unity network group highlights and celebrate events across all our offices to ensure we have an environment where all 
employees have room to breathe and feel comfortable bringing their full selves to work.

Thrive – Our Thrive network group supports the health and wellbeing of all employees to promote high levels of performance both 
physically and mentally across the group. Thrive runs a series of events and training programmes throughout the year to raise awareness 
and to inspire our people to take care of themselves and those around them.

Inspire - The focus of our Inspire network group has been set up to nurture, develop and provide support to all of our talent with a 
particular focus on career milestones and enabling our people to carve the careers they want successfully.

Pride - The Gateley Pride network group to provides a welcoming, supportive, safe and confidential space for staff affected by sexual 
orientation and gender identity issues to share experiences, ideas or concern.

Modern slavery
Gateley (Holdings) Plc is committed to preventing acts of modern slavery and human trafficking from occurring within its business and 
supply chain, and expects its suppliers to adopt the same high standards.  As part of our commitment to combating modern slavery, we 
have adopted a specific modern slavery policy which covers our appointment of suppliers. We expect all of our suppliers to adhere to 
our Anti-Slavery Policy and will not tolerate slavery and human trafficking within our supply chains.  

Gateley (Holdings) Plc’s slavery and human trafficking statement, made in accordance with section 54(1) of the Modern Slavery Act 
2015 can be found on its website, www.gateleyplc.com.

28

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
Strategic report (continued)

Anti-bribery policy
We value our reputation for ethical behaviour and upholding the utmost integrity and we comply with the FCA’s clients’ best interests 
rule. We understand that in addition to the criminality of bribery and corruption, any such crime would also have an adverse effect on 
our reputation and integrity. Gateley (Holdings) Plc has a does not tolerate bribery and corruption and we ensure all our employees 
and suppliers are aware of our approach as to limit our exposure to bribery by:
• 
• 
• 
• 

Setting out clear anti-bribery and corruption policies;
Providing mandatory training all employees;
Encouraging our employees to be vigilant and report any suspected cases of bribery in accordance with the specified procedures;
Escalating and investigating instances of suspected bribery and assisting the police or other appropriate authorities in their 
investigations;

•  Gender Pay Gap reporting.

The Equality Act 2010 (Gender Pay Gap Information) Regulations 2017 requires all employers with 250 or more employees in the UK to 
publish details of their gender pay gap. Its aim is to achieve greater transparency about gender pay difference. The analysis is based on 
data as at 5 April of each year and shows the differences in the average pay between men and women. The Group has submitted its data 
on gender pay to the government and published these details on our website.

Disabled employees
Applications for employment by disabled persons are always fully considered, bearing in mind the aptitudes of the applicant concerned.  
In the event of members of staff becoming disabled, every effort is made to ensure that their employment within the Group continues 
and that appropriate training is arranged.  It is the policy of the Group that the training, career development and promotion of disabled 
persons should, as far as possible, be identical with that of other employees.

Employee consultation
The Group places considerable value on the involvement of its employees and has continued to keep them informed regularly on 
matters directly affecting them and Group wide developments.  This is achieved through informal discussions between management 
and other employees at a local level after Board meetings which are held across our office network, in annual briefing presentations to 
each office location and through the formation of committees and Boards at different levels across the Group together with an active 
social events calendar. The Group further encourages employee involvement in the performance of the business through participation 
in share schemes, including the SAYE and CSOPs schemes. Our internal digital communication platform, refreshed in 2019, is now a hub 
of activity and communication across the Group and used extensively for social interaction as well as internal training, policy updates, 
cross selling activity and recognition of success from around the Group.

Political donations
The Group made no political donations in the year (2019: £nil).

Approval
The strategic report contains certain forward-looking statements, which are made by the Directors in good faith based on the 
information available to them at the time of their approval of this annual report. Statements contained within the strategic report 
should be treated with some caution due to the inherent uncertainties (including but not limited to those arising from economic, 
regulatory and business risk factors) underlying any such forward-looking statements. The strategic report has been prepared by 
Gateley (Holdings) Plc to provide information to its shareholders and should not be relied upon for any other purpose. 

Pages 17 to 29 constitute the strategic report, which has been approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by:

Neil Smith
Finance Director
28 September 2020 

29

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Report on remuneration: voluntary disclosure 

The Board submits its Directors’ remuneration report for the year ended 30 April 2020.  Although not subject to the reporting 
regulations of fully listed companies in the UK, the Board believes this disclosure is key to the readers understanding of the business. 
The Remuneration Committee has taken account of these regulations in the preparation of this report.  This report sets out:

• 
• 

• 

a description of how the Committee operates; 
a summary of the Directors’ remuneration policy – setting out the parameters within which the remuneration arrangements for 
Directors operate; and
details of the remuneration paid to the Directors for the year under review. 

The Committee 

The Committee is appointed by the Board and is formed entirely of Non-executive Directors.  The Committee is chaired by Suzanne 
Thompson; other members of the Committee are Nigel Payne and Joanne Lake.  

The Committee meets formally at least twice a year and has responsibility for setting the Group’s general policy on remuneration and 
also specific packages for individual Directors including those that comprise the Strategic Board.  The Committee is also responsible 
for structuring Non-executive Director pay, which is subject to approval of all independent Directors and oversight from the Plc 
Board including the Executive Directors.  The Committee receives internal advice from Executive Directors and external advice from 
remuneration consultants where necessary.  The Committee also makes recommendations to the Board concerning the allocation of 
long term incentive awards to senior management.  The Committee’s terms of reference are available for public inspection on request.

Other members of the Board of Directors are invited to attend meetings when appropriate, but no Director is present when his or her 
remuneration is discussed.  

Deloitte LLP continues to act as advisors to the Committee. Deloitte LLP is a founding member of the Remuneration Consultants Group 
and voluntarily operates under the Code of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK.

Activities during the year

The main activities undertaken by the Committee during the year included:
• 
• 
• 

implementing a new long term incentive plan and granting awards under the plan;
determining salary increases and incentive outcomes for the Executive Directors;
setting the remuneration arrangements for the new CEO, Rod Waldie, who was appointed to the position with effect from 1 May 
2020.

Remuneration policy

The remuneration policy is designed to support an effective pay-for-performance culture which enables the Group to attract, retain and 
motivate Executive Directors and senior management with the necessary experience and expertise to deliver the Group’s objectives and 
strategy.

A new long term incentive plan (LTIP) was introduced during the year to replace the previous Stock Appreciation Rights Scheme 
(SARs).  Whilst the initial issue of LTIP’s under the new scheme in February was subsequently cancelled, a new issue was made post 
year end in July 2020.

The Committee considers that the new LTIP structure: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

appropriately incentivises the Executive Directors and senior management to deliver value creation over the longer term;
aligns the interests of the Executive Directors and senior management with those of shareholders;
is a simpler arrangement to communicate to stakeholders compared to the previous Stock Appreciation Rights Scheme;
provides a clear line of sight for Executive Directors and senior management;
enables the Committee to manage share plans dilution levels more effectively. 

30

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Report on remuneration: voluntary disclosure (continued)
Remuneration policy (continued)

The table below summarises the key elements of the Executive Directors’ remuneration package.

Element, purpose and operation

Opportunity and performance measures

Base salary
Reviewed on an annual basis with any increases normally 
becoming effective from the start of the financial year.

It is proposed that appropriate salary increases will be awarded 
to provide alignment with the market over time and so that levels 
reflect the responsibilities of the role and the skills and experience 
of the individual. 

Bonus
Designed to align participants’ interests with shareholders and to 
incentivise participants to perform at the highest levels.

Merit pool
Each year, a pre-agreed percentage of pre-tax profits is allocated 
to the merit pool.  The merit pool is distributed to participants 
based on their individual performance during the year.

The bonus comprises a merit pool and a performance pool.

All Executive Directors participate in the merit pool.  NA Smith 
also participates in the performance pool.

Performance pool
A fixed sum is allocated to the performance pool based on the 
Group achieving budgeted performance.  To the extent that 
budgeted performance is not achieved, the size of the pool is 
scaled back.  The pool is capped at a predetermined amount at 
the start of each year.  The pool is distributed to participants 
based on their role, responsibility and contribution to the long-
term business strategy.

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
Designed to incentivise participants to perform at the highest 
levels, and to deliver genuine performance related pay, with clear 
line of sight and direct alignment with shareholder interests.

Awards will normally be granted annually to participants.  Each 
year, the Committee will agree the number of shares under option 
for each participant.

Executive Directors and selected senior employees will participate 
in the LTIP as determined by the Strategic Board and approved by 
the Committee.

Performance measures are selected that reflect underlying 
business performance.

Awards granted will be subject to an adjusted fully diluted 
earnings per share performance measure.

Awards will be granted in the form of nil-cost or nominal-
cost share options.  Vesting of awards is dependent on the 
achievement of performance measures set by the Committee, 
normally over a three year performance period.  

Awards will vest following the end of the performance period 
once the Committee has ratified the outcome of the performance 
measures and will be exercisable for six months following the 
vesting date.

The Committee has the right to apply malus provisions to reduce, 
cancel or impose further conditions on unvested awards in 
specified circumstances.

31

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Opportunity and performance measures
On exercise, participants will receive the growth in value of the 
share options between the date of grant and the date of exercise 
in excess of the hurdle rate.  

The hurdle rate is currently set at 115.765% of the market value 
of the underlying shares on the date of grant.

Report on remuneration: voluntary disclosure (continued)
Remuneration policy (continued)

Element, purpose and operation
Stock Appreciation Rights Scheme (SARs)
On admission, the Group introduced the SAR Scheme to assist 
in the recruitment, incentivisation and retention of Executive 
Directors and senior employees.

Under the rules of the SAR Scheme, share options may be 
granted to participants which normally become capable of 
exercise from the third anniversary of the date of grant until six 
months thereafter subject to continued employment. 

Of the Executive Directors, only NA Smith participates in the SAR 
Scheme.

No further SARs have been granted since October 2018 due to 
the introduction of the new LTIP as detailed above.

Pension and benefits
The Executive Directors have chosen not to participate in a 
company funded pension scheme nor receive a cash allowance in 
lieu thereof.

The Executive Directors do not receive any form of taxable 
benefits other than private health scheme benefits.

Orderly market agreement

The Group has introduced a new five-year orderly market agreement (the “New Agreement”) with its Partners (the “Locked-in 
Shareholders”) which, inter alia, places certain restrictions on the sale of ordinary shares in the Company (“Ordinary Shares”).  

The New Agreement became effective on 8 June 2020 following the expiry of the current lock-in arrangements, which were put in place 
at the time of the Company’s admission to AIM in June 2015 (the “Admission”).

Pursuant to the New Agreement, each Locked-in Shareholder and his/her associates, which include their spouse and children under 
the age of 18 to whom any Ordinary Shares have been transferred (“Associates”), that held Ordinary Shares as at Admission will be 
restricted to selling a maximum of 10% per annum of the aggregate number of the Ordinary Shares that they held on Admission for a 
period of five years from 8 June 2020.  

Policy for the remuneration of employees more generally

The key principles of the remuneration policy for Executive Directors also apply to employees more generally.  In particular, senior 
employees may participate in the merit bonus pool, performance bonus pool and LTIP, depending on their role and responsibilities and 
contribution to the business.  

The Company also supports and encourages share ownership for all employees through the all employee Save As You Earn (SAYE) 
scheme and the Company Share Option Plan (CSOP).  In owning shares, employees are directly aligned with the interests of 
shareholders and are able to participate in the dividend income that share ownership provides.  49.5% (2019: 53%) of the Group’s 
issued share capital was held by employees as at 30 April 2020.

32

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Report on remuneration: voluntary disclosure (continued)

Non-executive Directors’ fees

The Chairman of the Board and the other Non-executive Directors receive an annual fee for their services, reflective of their level 
of responsibility, relevant experience and specialist knowledge.  Non-executive Directors are also reimbursed for appropriate travel 
expenses to and from board meetings.

Executive Directors’ service agreements and Non-executive Directors’ letters of appointment

The Executive Directors entered into service agreements on 1 June 2015.  The service agreements provide that their employment 
with the Company is on a rolling basis, subject to written notice being served by either party of not less than six months.  The service 
agreements contain provisions for early termination in the event of a breach of a material term of the service agreement by the 
Executive Director or where the Executive Director ceases to be a Director of the Company for any reason.  The service agreements 
also contain restrictive covenants for a period of 12 months following termination of employment.  No bonus is payable to the Executive 
Director if their employment terminates for any reason or they are under notice of termination (whether given by the Company or the 
Executive Director) at or prior to the date when the bonus is paid.  All bonuses are payable within six months of the financial year end.
The Non-executive Directors serve under letters of appointment.  Nigel Payne and Joanne Lake were originally appointed for an initial 
three year term on 8 June 2015 and both have signed new letters of appointment for a second three year term which commenced on 
26 September 2018.  Suki Thompson was appointed on 27 September 2017 for an initial three year term.  The notice period required 
in the letters of appointment for either party to terminate the appointment is at least three months.  Each agreement also contains 
provisions for early termination in the event of a serious or repeated breach of the agreement by the Non-executive Director or where 
the Non-executive Director ceases to be a Director of the Company for any reason.

Summary of Directors’ remuneration for the year 

The following table represents the Directors’ remuneration for the years ended 30 April 2020 and 30 April 2019:

Nigel Terrence Payne

Joanne Carolyn Lake

Suzanne Francis 
Alison Thompson 

Michael James Ward

Peter Gareth Davies

Neil Andrew Smith

Salaries 
and fees

Bonus

Share 
Options *

Total
2020

Salaries 
and fees

Bonus

Share 
Options **

Total
2019

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

40

36

36

260

225

190

787

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

40

36

36

260

225

233

830

40

36

36

220

183

175

690

-

-

-

110

100

90

300

-

-

-

-

-

99

99

40

36

36

330

283

364

1,089

43

43

* Includes SAR awards exercised during the year and £4,000 that represents the charge per share of options granted in the year to 30 April 2018

** Includes SAR awards exercised during the year and £6,000 that represents the charge per share of options granted in the years to 30 April 2017 and 30 April 2018

33

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report on remuneration: voluntary disclosure (continued)
Remuneration policy (continued)

Salary increases for the year

Salary increases awarded during the year reflect the Committee’s intention for Executive remuneration to be competitively positioned 
for the commencement of the 2021 financial year.  Upon appointment to CEO on 1 May 2020 the Remuneration Committee has agreed 
for R R Waldie to assume the same salary level as M J Ward.  R R Waldie’s salary for the year to 30 April 2020 was £180,000 per annum 
with an entitlement to the merit pool bonus.  

Bonuses for the year 

The Committee considered it appropriate not to award bonuses to Executive Directors for the year ended 30 April 2020 in light of the 
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on underlying financial performance and to help retain cash in the business.

Long term incentives vesting in respect of the year

Awards granted under the SAR Schemes that have vested and became capable of exercise during the financial year are listed below.  All 
awards below were issued to NA Smith.  

Number of reference 
shares under the 2016 
SAR awards

Exercise price1

Share price used to 
calculate gain on 
reference shares and 
number of shares to be 
issued

Number of shares issued Total value of shares2

150,000

£1.39

£1.650

23,819

£39,301

1 Being the share price on the date of grant of £1.20 multiplied by the hurdle rate of 115.765%.
2 Based on the share price at the date on which beneficial ownership of the shares were transferred to NA Smith following exercise of the SAR award. 

Long term incentives granted during the year

No awards were granted under the SAR Scheme during the year ended 30 April 2020.

Awards were granted to Executive Directors and selected senior employees under the LTIP on 24 February 2020 based on Earnings 
Per Share performance targets. The Committee subsequently agreed to cancel the awards on the basis that the Earnings Per Share 
performance targets (measured over the three year period ending 30 April 2022) were no longer considered achievable given the 
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.  The fair value of the cancelled awards is deemed to be nil.

Long term incentives granted during the year commencing 1 May 2020  

The Committee subsequently reassessed the long term incentives and new LTIP awards were granted on 22 July 2020.
The LTIP awards were granted to the same employees in the same proportions as the February 2020 LTIP grant.  However, 
approximately 28% more awards were granted overall to enhance incentivisation during the difficult and challenging economic 
conditions encountered due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.  

The awards are subject to an adjusted fully diluted earnings per share performance measure as described in the table below.  The 
targets are considered appropriately stretching taking into account the current economic environment.

34

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Report on remuneration: voluntary disclosure (continued)
Remuneration policy (continued)

Adjusted, fully diluted earnings per Share Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) 
over the three year period ending 30 April 2022

Below 5%

5%

Between 5% and 10%

Above 10%

Amount Vesting %

0%

25%

Straight line vesting

100%

Adjusted fully diluted earnings per share is calculated based on Profit of the Group for the relevant financial year before interest and tax 
adjusted to exclude the effect of:

• 
• 
• 
• 

cost of amortisation and any impairment review of intangible assets and goodwill
cost of IFRS 2 share-based payment charges relating to all share schemes
cost and/or income from exceptional items
the tax impact of adjustments above

LTIP awards granted on 24 February to NA Smith totalled 12,500 but were subsequently cancelled to be replaced by awards totalling 
15,974.  No awards were granted to MJ Ward, PG Davies and RR Waldie as they are deemed to be sufficiently incentivised by their 
existing shareholdings.  

The Committee does not intend to grant further LTIP awards during the year.

Directors’ Interests
Directors’ shareholdings at the year end were as follows:

10p ordinary shares

10p ordinary shares

Number of shares

Percentage Holding

Number of shares

Percentage Holding

At 30 April 2020

At 30 April 2019

Nigel Terrence Payne

Joanne Carolyn Lake

Suzanne Francis  
Alison Thompson

Michael James Ward

Peter Gareth Davies

Neil Andrew Smith

70,918

26,300

10,000

2,216,754

2,215,739

383,313

0.06%

0.02%

0.01%

1.88%

1.88%

0.33%

55,926

26,300

10,000

2,466,754

2,481,204

480,846

0.05%

0.02%

0.01%

2.23%

2.24%

0.43%

35

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
Report on remuneration: voluntary disclosure (continued)
Remuneration policy (continued)

Under the SAR Scheme, participants are entitled to shares equivalent to the growth in value above the exercise price. The following 
Directors held share options under the SAR Scheme as at 30 April 2020:

Number of reference 
shares at 30 April 2020

Date of grant

Exercise price

Earliest exercise date

Neil Andrew Smith

100,000

3 October 2017

£1.831

3 October 2020

1 Being the share price on the date of grant of £1.58 multiplied by the hurdle rate of 115.765%

36

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Corporate governance statement

The Group has chosen to apply the Quoted Companies Alliance (QCA) corporate governance code following the recent changes to the 
AIM rules which require all AIM companies to comply with a recognised corporate governance code. Details of the Group’s compliance 
with the code are set out below.

Principle 1
Establish a strategy and business model which promote long-term value for shareholders

Business Description

The Gateley Group provides commercial legal services together with complementary non-legal professional services including acting as 
independent trustees to pension schemes (via Entrust Pension Limited), specialist tax incentive advice (via Gateley Capitus Limited), 
specialist property consultancy advice (via Gateley Hamer Limited and Gateley Vinden) and human capital consultancy services (via 
Kiddy & Partners Limited and t-three). 

The Group sells its services through 23 business lines, grouped into five operating segments.  Dependent on a client’s requirements, 
any given mandate or assignment can involve more than one business line with fee-earning staff being provided across one or more 
geographical office locations.

The Group’s services are tailored to those required by local, regional and national clients and are provided from eleven offices across the 
UK and one in Dubai.  Gateley also maintains informal, non-exclusive, relationships with a number of law firms (30+) around the world, 
enabling it to provide clients access to a global legal solution.

Strategy

Gateley became an Alternative Business Structure (“ABS”) with effect from 1 January 2014 and joined the AIM market in June 2015.  As 
Gateley enters its sixth year post Admission to AIM, the Board has re-considered the strategy adopted at Admission and has concluded 
that the market for its services continues to support this strategy.

Non-lawyers are permitted to own and invest in ABS law firms. The Board believes a combination of the ABS structure and admission to 
trading on AIM provides a platform for the continued profitable growth and future development of the business.  It enables the business 
to DIFFERENTIATE itself from its competition through an enhanced service-offering and (currently) unique career opportunity, to 
DIVERSIFY its revenue streams through the acquisition of additional complementary legal and non-legal professional services businesses 
and finally to INCENTIVISE its people offering wider and earlier ownership to staff of a more modern, dynamic legal business. 

The Group continues to pursue a strategy of:

pursuing opportunities to grow Gateley organically 

• 
•  making selective acquisitions, including (i) other legal firms which offer geographical expansion or additional specialist services and 

• 

(ii) professional service businesses offering complementary services
aligning the interests of shareholders (including employee shareholders) with those of the business through share participation to 
support retention of staff and enhance our recruitment appeal. 

Organic growth strategy

The UK legal services market continues to exhibit growth and clear opportunities exist for Gateley to continue to differentiate its service 
offering and grow organically, in particular from:

•  The retention of existing employees, working together to look after our clients’ businesses as if they were our own;
•  Attracting new talent wishing to be part of a pioneering law-led professional services group;
•  Collaborative group-wide and cross service working;
•  Continued strengthening of our national network, offering a quality, value-for-money legal service to mid-market clients in the 

markets in which they trade;

•  Continuing to build upon our straight talking mid-market corporate service offering;
•  Maintaining and building upon Gateley’s bank panel representation and “own account” work for banks.

37

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
Corporate governance statement (continued)
Organic growth strategy (continued)

Securing further instructions from Pension trustees to act as independent trustee on large schemes with deficits
Expansion of specialist areas such as regulatory and private client into other geographical areas
Extension of the expertise in Guildford relating to the sale of UK developments to international clients to other offices

•  Continuing to extend Gateley’s relationships with the UK’s leading house builders particularly
• 
• 
• 
•  Development of our expertise and reputation for the provision surety and bond advice
• 

Establishing a market leading human capital service offering to advise clients moving employees across international borders.

Over the last 12 months the total number of staff has continued to increase and is now approximately 1,131 at the date of this report.  
Recruitment has once again been active during the year at all levels as 18 apprentices joined in September 2019 to the continued 
recruitment of senior professionals (including 11 new laterally hired partners joining within the legal business across offices and 
disciplines).

Acquisitive growth

Gateley believes that it can strengthen its business by broadening its offering through the acquisition of complementary legal and 
non-legal, professional services businesses.  A broader set of services creates additional channels to market, increases sales potential, 
facilitates a more flexible sales model and enhances client retention.  

We provide an attractive platform for target businesses to support their continued growth by drawing upon our established national 
office network and existing “sales force” of partners and other lawyers, and by providing back-office infrastructure and access. 

Since our Admission to AIM in 2015 we have acquired a number of non-legal businesses, Gateley Capitus and Gateley Hamer (both 
specialist surveyor practices) ; Kiddy & Partners (human capital consultants specialising in assessment, talent management and 
leadership development); International Investment Services (inward investment company) and in the legal sector, GCL Solicitors. In 
the 2020 financial year we acquired Persona Associates (one of the UK’s leading land referencing consultancies; t-three (specialists in 
people, leadership development and behavioural change); Gateley Tweed (multi-jurisdictional advice on reputation, media and privacy) 
and Gateley Vinden ( a specialist business offering corporate advisory, dispute resolution and consultancy to the built environment, 
property and construction markets).

The Board will continue to seek to grow the group by:

• 

• 

• 

being well positioned, as a result of its more flexible corporate structure, to take advantage of anticipated consolidation within the 
UK legal services industry
acquiring legal teams or firms offering new niche services, sector specialism, or an opportunity to enter new geographic markets 
deemed strategic
acquiring complementary professional services businesses (facilitated by the Group’s alternative business structure).

Incentivisation

Gateley has a range of employee share schemes that ensure all staff have the opportunity to acquire shares and participate in the 
financial success of the business.

The aim of encouraging earlier and widespread equity ownership in the business is to attract, retain and motivate talent and to ensure 
all employees can benefit from the Group’s longer term success.

Principle 2
Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs and expectations

The Board welcomes discussions with shareholders both formally and informally.  Formal opportunities include the annual general 
meeting and twice yearly investor presentations.  Following the Annual General Meeting and at other times during the year, the 
Directors are also available for informal discussions should a shareholder wish.

Many shareholders are employees of the Group and this allows regular dialogue regarding the expectations of those shareholders. 

38

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Corporate governance statement (continued) 
Principle 2 (continued) 

Throughout the year, the Chairman is in regular contact with institutional shareholders and the Group has appointed an investor 
relations officer who seeks feedback on a regular basis from shareholders and potential shareholders. Gateley’s CEO (since 1 May 2020 
Rod Waldie and previously Michael Ward), Finance Director (Neil Smith) and Investor Relations Partner (Nick Smith) present to the 
city analysts and institutional investors following the interim and annual results announcements as well as on an ad hoc basis (where 
requested by fund manager).  The Group also encourages its brokers to interact with shareholders and provide feedback from those 
discussions so that the Group can respond accordingly. Shareholder communication is answered, where possible or appropriate, by 
Directors, the Group’s Financial PR advisors or the Group’s brokers.  

The Group supports the availability of independent third party research to ensure information is disseminated effectively.  The Group 
also pays for research to educate its shareholders to help keep all its shareholders and potential shareholders informed on the Group’s 
positioning and prospects, which is available on the Group’s website.

The Group also endeavours to maintain a dialogue and keep shareholders informed through its public announcements and Group 
website.  Gateley’s website provides not only information specifically relevant to investors (such as the Group’s annual report and 
accounts and investor presentations) but also regarding the nature of the business itself with considerable detail the services it provides 
and the manner in which it carries on its business.  

The Annual General Meeting of the Group, normally attended by all Directors, provides the Directors with the opportunity to report to 
shareholders on current and proposed operations and developments, and enables shareholders to express their views of the Group’s 
business activities.  Shareholders are encouraged to attend and are invited to ask questions during the meeting and to meet with the 
Directors after the formal proceedings have ended.

The Group announces the detailed results of sharehlder voting to the market in accordance with recommended practice

Principle 3
Take into account wider stakeholder and social responsibilities and their implications for long term 
success

Stakeholder Relations

The Board recognises that the Group’s continued growth and long-term success is largely reliant on its relations with its stakeholders, 
both internal (employees and shareholders) and external (clients, regulators, shareholders, suppliers, business partners and advisors).

Internal stakeholders

As a professional service-led business, our employees are a key factor in delivering successful growth and as such we support open and 
friendly dialogue throughout our workforce. We undertake employee reviews and assessments to identify and assist employees with 
training and career progression. We aim to keep our workforce informed on our progress for example holding regular  discussions in 
each office that are open to all levels of staff to attend.  The Board meets senior executives and heads of departments on a regular 
basis and through its reporting structures receives information on key clients and supplier relationships at least monthly on an informal 
basis and more formally quarterly.  The Group’s internal intranet system was the subject of significant development in 2019 and 
provides a responsive and interactive source of information relating to the business helping to keep employees informed on key issues.  
Employees also participate in the Group’s share option scheme giving them a stake in the Group’s long-term success. Regular employee 
engagement surveys are conducted to inform many business decisions, particularly in relation to and use these to inform many of our 
decisions, particular in relation to retention and recruitment. 

We hold an annual state of the firm address in every office to share with all staff details of the prior year, future activities and events 
of strategic significance. We publish a regular management cascade information briefing which is communicated from the senior 
management team to all team leaders across the business in order to share business activities and news. 

The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Operations Officer (COO) report to the Board on all regulatory matters and our 
Nominated Advisor is in regular dialogue with our Finance Director (FD) on stock exchange regulatory matters to ensure that any 
market related regulatory concerns are raised with the Board.

39

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Corporate governance statement (continued) 
Principle 3 (continued) 

External stakeholders

The Group maintains a regular dialogue with its external stakeholders to drive business development. 

Our clients and prospective clients are of course crucial to the growth and long-term success of the Group and we believe in being a 
service-led business placing client care and interaction at the heart of our business. We conduct regular client surveys and have a client 
engagement programme STELLAR, to better understand our clients’ experience of the service we provide. Initially only small number of 
clients who benefitted from this extra level of attention and support but the programe is gradually being extended to others. STELLAR’ 
is overseen by a dedicated team of non-lawyers that are committed to enhancing the client experience and ensuring our lawyers are 
delivering a stellar experience that meets – if not exceeds – our clients’ expectations.  

We deploy a number of client management tools and processes that we have developed from best practice including regular client 
listening in order to check satisfaction throughout the client relationship.

We seek to build strong long term relationships with our suppliers working alongside them as business partners for the benefit of all.
The Group works closely with its advisors to ensure it operates in accordance with the market regulations.  

The CEO and FD have regular meetings with the Group’s Relationship Manager at the Solicitors Regulatory Authority (SRA), the 
organisation that oversees the regulation of the legal services sector.

Environment, Social and Governance (ESG) matters and Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)

As a provider of legal and other professional services, the maintenance of the highest ethical standards is core to our business and the 
services we provide to our clients.  But the provision of client focussed services does not come at the expense of the needs of the wider 
society and our environment.  The Board takes collective responsibility for ESG and CSR matters. Our policy is to support communities 
and charities local to our offices but our activities also provide support to national and international communities and charities.  We 
constantly review our practices to better protect the environment and have implemented processes for example to reduce, reuse and 
recycle materials wherever possible. 

Many of these principles have been formalised and documented in both the staff handbook and our compliance manual. 

Where regulations have been introduced we have taken appropriate steps having for example policies relating to Modern Slavery, Tax 
Avoidance and Bribery all supported by a Whistleblowing Policy.  Our annual Modern Slavery Act Statement is published on our website.  

Principle 4
Embed effective risk management, considering both opportunities and threats, throughout the 
organisation

By its very nature the Group is well placed to identify and manage risk.  Its employees are predominantly lawyers who have been 
professionally trained to be aware of risk and to respond accordingly.  In addition the business has adopted layers of formal risk 
management processes.

The Board understands the importance of managing its risks and the necessity to fulfil its compliance obligations. This commitment is 
reflected in the seniority of people who are the members of our risk related committees and who are appointed to the risk management 
roles within the business. These are not simply nominated positions administered by others less senior; these functions are carried out 
in person. 

Whilst the Strategic Board considers the strategy and direction of the Group in conjunction with the PLC Board, executives underneath 
our two main boards also sit on an Operations Board and our Risk Committee. The Risk Committee includes three members of the 
Strategic Board Rod Waldie CEO, Michael Ward Executive Director/Compliance Officer Legal Practice (“COLP”) and’ Neil Smith FD/
Compliance Officer Finance and Administration (“COFA”) along with senior members of the business in key risk related roles.  The 
Risk Committee meets quarterly to consider the key risks of the business.  The risks are identified and assessed in accordance with 
the Group’s Risk Policy which includes guidance on categorising risks.  All employees of the business are encouraged to raise any risk 

40

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Corporate governance statement (continued) 
Principle 4 (continued) 

related items with the  Risk Committee for consideration. Risks are recorded in a risk register and reviewed at each meeting of the Risk 
Committee if there has been no intervening event to require earlier review.  The Risk Committee considers each risk and determines 
whether it must be avoided, can be mitigated or will be tolerated.  

Key risks currently identified by the business include compliance with applicable regulatory standards, reputational risk, security of 
operational IT systems, the effective integration of acquired businesses and the recruitment and retention of highly skilled staff.  The 
Risk Committee works with the Operations Board and other specialist managers in the business (e.g. MLRO, Lexcel Officer, Head 
of Learning & Development and Head of Facilities) in relation to these risks and actions taken to monitor and manage these.  These 
managers report monthly to our Operations Board where decisions can be made and implemented as appropriate to manage our risks. 
After each of its meetings, the Risk Committee reports to the Audit and Risk Committee who review and interrogate the risk register.  
Risk items are included in the agenda for meetings of both the Audit and Risk Committee and the Board.

The Audit and Risk Committee (see principle 5 for members and number of meetings) manages the internal audit function within the 
organisation.  Audits have been undertaken in relation to each area of risk identified in the business and consideration has been given 
to the recommendations of the auditors and actions agreed and implemented. This process has proved to be a good example of the 
organisation’s appetite for continuous self-assessment and improvement. 

The Audit and Risk Committee Report describes the internal control functions and the Committee has reviewed and monitored the 
effectiveness of the internal controls for the year ended 30 April 2020 concluding that there was a satisfactory process in place to 
identify and manage such risks.  It should be noted that the Group’s system of internal control is designed to manage, rather than 
eliminate, risk of failure to achieve business objectives. It is recognised that such a system can only provide reasonable, but not absolute, 
assurance against material misstatement or loss. 

A comprehensive budgeting process is completed once a year and is reviewed and approved by the Board. The Group’s results, 
compared with the budget, are reported to the Board on a monthly basis.
The Group maintains appropriate insurance cover in respect of actions taken against the Directors in the course of their roles and in 
respect of material loss or claims against the Group. The insured values and type of cover are comprehensively reviewed on a periodic 
basis.

Principle 5
Maintain the board as a well-functioning, balanced team led by the chair

The Group operates in complex and challenging areas and as such has put in place a senior management structure that can best provide 
the strategic advice and leadership required. The senior management structure consists of a PLC Board, a Strategic Board and an 
Operations Board. Each of the consulting business has a management board with reports to the Strategic Board.

The PLC Board contains a balance of Executive and Non-Executive Directors, including a Non-Executive Chairman who is responsible 
for dealing with the strategic direction and long-term success of the Group. The Board notes that the Company Secretary is not 
independent. The Board meets at regular intervals throughout the year and at any other time deemed necessary for the good 
management of the business.  Meetings are held in the Group’s offices on a rotating basis.

Gateley has a diverse board with the Directors bringing varied experience gained from working within a range of sectors.

From 1 May 2020 there are seven Directors on the PLC Board following the appointment of Rod Waldie as CEO: three independent 
Non-Executive Directors and four Executive Directors.  The Non-Executive Chairman of the Board is Nigel Payne with Joanne Lake being 
the Senior Independent Director.  

There are three committees of the Board whose members comprise the Non-Executive Directors:  
• 
• 
• 

the Audit and Risk Committee, chaired by Joanne Lake;
the Remuneration Committee chaired by Suzanne Thompson; and
the Nominations Committee chaired by Nigel Payne.  

The members of the Board invite the Executive Directors to attend Committee meetings when appropriate.  Where relevant to the 
subject matter of the meetings of the Board and the Committees, experts from within the business are invited to attend a meeting 

41

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Corporate governance statement (continued) 
Principle 5 (continued) 

to present to or advise the Non-Executive Directors – for example the IT Director, Information Security Officer, Group HR Director 
and Group Marketing Director have been invited to attend meetings to report on matters such as information security, remuneration 
arrangements and brand development.   Members of the Board have also attended meetings of Gateley Plc to jointly discuss and 
consider critical projects for the business. External advice is also sought when required for example from the Group’s auditors Grant 
Thornton and from Deloitte in relation to remuneration policies.

Notwithstanding any other roles they may have either within the business or externally, the members of the Board believe that they have 
sufficient time available to fulfil their roles as Directors of Gateley. Following his appointment as CEO on 1 May 2020, Rod Waldie will 
step back from his fee earning role in the business to enable him to carry out his role as CEO on a full time basis.

The Board has considered the time availability that Nigel Payne has to carry out his duties as Chairman of Gateley (Holdings) Plc. The 
Board considers (following discussion with Nigel) that his other Group duties leave him ample time to fully carry out his duties as 
Chairman of the Group.

The Board has also considered the time availability that both Joanne Lake and Suzanne Thompson have to carry out their duties as 
Non-Executive Directors of Gateley (Holdings) Plc. The Board considers that Joanne’s other public company duties leave her sufficient 
capacity for her to carry out her duties as a Non-Executive Director of the Group. Suzanne is the Chair of Oystercatchers and an 
Executive Director of Xeim (these roles taking up approximately half of her time) and is the founder and CEO of Let’s Reset. Suzanne 
has been given permission by the board of Centaur Media Plc to be a Non-Executive Director of Gateley and as such the Board considers 
she has sufficient capacity to carry out her duties as a Non-Executive Director of the Group.

All of the executive directors have full time roles within the Group.

In accordance with the Articles of Association, all new Directors appointed by the Board are required to seek election by shareholders at 
the next general meeting of the Company following their appointment and all Directors are required to retire by rotation in line with the 
provisions of the Articles of Association.

The Board meets throughout the year and in the financial year ending on 30 April 2020 it met 7 times as a Board.  Details of the 
attendance of Directors at board meetings during the period is noted below.  Papers relevant to the business of the meeting are 
provided in advance and include financial, staff, risk, regulatory and development information.

The following table sets out the Board and Committee meetings scheduled and attendance during the financial year 2019/2020:

1 May 2019 to 20 April 2020

Board

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

AGM 2019

Number of meetings

Nigel Payne

Joanna Lake

Suzanne Thompson

Michael Ward

Peter Davies

Neil Smith

7

6

6

6

6

7

7

2

1

2

2

1*

-

2

1

1

1

1

-

-

1*

1

1

1

1

-

-

-

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Several informal Board Committee meetings were held during the year to prepare for or finalise and approve substantive work carried 
out in a formal Board meeting.  These are not listed above.  

Notes to table
Where an asterisk is shown that Director was invited to attend a Committee meeting although not a member of the Committee to make 
proposals in relation to or to advise on agenda items.

42

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Corporate governance statement (continued) 
Principle 5 (continued) 

For the financial year ending 30 April 2020 the Strategic Board comprised nine individuals including the CEO, COO, Group FD, Group HR 
Director and five executives of Gateley Plc from a cross section of the Group’s professional service lines.  One member of the Strategic 
Board retired from the Board with effect from 1 May 2019 and two new members joined with effect from 1 May 2019.
The Operations Board comprises nine individuals including the COO, Group FD, Group HR Director and other individuals from across 
both the professional and support function departments of the Group as deemed appropriate and is responsible for the day to day 
running of the business. The Operations Board meets monthly and reports to the Strategic Board.  Two members of the Operations 
Board stepped down from the Board at the end of the last financial year with two new members joining in their place.  The Operations 
Board provides an opportunity for senior members of the business to gain greater exposure to the management of the business and to 
develop their management skills.

Succession

Succession planning is an important part of Gateley’s corporate governance and is key to ensuring that the prosperity and collaborative 
culture of the business are maintained in the long term. The Nomination Committee annually considers the Group’s succession plans, 
most recently in relation to the role of CEO in view of Michael Ward’s decision to step down as CEO in 2020.  This has been undertaken 
to enable a managed and orderly handover to take place. As part of its deliberations, the Board conducted a thorough review of the 
attributes required of a new CEO and agreed that an internal appointment was the best way to ensure the continuation of the Group’s 
sustainable growth strategy, as well as preserving its culture.

Board independence

In assessing the independence of Non-Executive Directors at the date of this report, the Board took account of their experience, 
character and judgement, and their dependence on, or relationships with the Group. In all cases the Board felt the Directors were 
independent in character and judgement, Account was taken of market guidance regarding factors that impact upon independence for 
example the holding of a previous executive position within the Group or a material business relationship with the Group including a 
shareholding, as these are considered to impair the perceived independence of the Non-Executive Director.

Conflicts of interest

The Companies Act 2006 (the Act) imposes a duty on directors to avoid a situation in which they have or could have a conflict of 
interest or possible conflict with the interests of the Group. Directors are aware of their duty to promote the Group’s success and are 
required to disclose all actual and potential conflicts of interests to the Board as they arise for consideration and approval. “Declarations 
of Interest” is an agenda item at every meeting of the Board.  If an interest is declared the Board may impose restrictions or refuse 
to authorise such conflict if it considers that it conflicts with the interests of the Group. Only Directors not involved in the conflict or 
potential conflict participate in the decision process.  A register of such interests is maintained.

All Directors of both Gateley (Holdings) Plc and Gateley Plc are reminded annually of their obligations to notify any changes in their 
statement of interests and also to declare any benefits received from third parties in their capacity as a Director of the Group. 
Each new Director on appointment is required to declare any potential conflict situations. 

The register of conflicts is formally reviewed annually and the Board has concluded that the process has operated effectively during the 
period. No Director has declared receipt of any benefits during the year in his capacity as a Director of the Group. 

43

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Corporate governance statement (continued) 

Principle 6
Ensure that between them the Directors have the necessary up-to-date experience, skills and capabilities

The Group operates in a complex and challenging professional environment and the Board is mindful that in order to deal effectively 
with the challenges of the business and to maximise its growth opportunities it has to incorporate a broad range of skills and diversity.

The members of the Board have considered the skills and experience that the Board requires to enable it to manage the business 
effectively.

These are set out below:

Board Skills Matrix

General experience

Leadership

Strategy and growth

Financial Acumen

Governance and Risk Management

Specialist experience

Successful leadership at a senior executive level in a large business

Senior executive experience in developing and delivering successful strategies 
and meaningful business growth outcomes in a large business

Senior executive experience and understanding of accounting, financial 
reporting, corporate finance and financial controls in a large business

Senior executive experience in a large business that is subject to rigorous 
governance, relevant regulatory risk and general business risk management 
standards

Industry Experience

Senior executive experience in a professional services ”people” business

Client service, marketing and Innovation

Senior executive experience in client relationship management and delivering 
growth through commercialising innovative services and solutions

Stakeholder management

Senior executive experience in stakeholder management within a large business

Mergers and Acquisitions

International Experience

Experienced CEO

Remuneration

44

Successful track record of delivering strategically sound and value adding 
mergers and acquisitions as an enabler of corporate strategy

Senior executive experience of a range of geographic, political, cultural, 
regulatory and business environments

Successful track record as a CEO of a listed entity or an equivalent large business 
enterprise

Board remuneration committee membership or senior executive remuneration 
experience in a large business enterprise

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Corporate governance statement (continued)
Principle 6 (continued)

Members of the Board are believed to possess these skills and to have the necessary experience.  Details of the Directors including brief 
biographies are set out at https://investors.gateleyplc.com/home/board-of-directors/.

The Executive Directors participate in all of the regulatory training programmes of the Group and the Non-Executive Directors are 
invited to participate as appropriate. 

The Board maintains a skills, diversity and experience matrix which is detailed below, and which will be periodically reviewed at Board 
meetings to evaluate current and future requirements. The Board and its committees will also seek external expertise and advice where 
required.

Tenure (years)

0-3 years

3-6 years

40-50 years

51-60 years

60+ years

Age

45

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Corporate governance statement (continued)
Principle 6 (continued)

Gender (%)

Male

Female

Principle 7
Evaluate board performance based on clear and relevant objectives, seeking continuous improvement.

The Board considers evaluation of its performance and that of its Committees and individual directors to be an integral part of 
corporate governance to ensure it has the necessary skills, experience and abilities to fulfil its responsibilities. The objective of the 
evaluation process is to identify and address opportunities for improving the performance of the Board and to solicit honest, genuine 
and constructive feedback.

The Board considers the evaluation process is best carried out internally at this stage of the Group’s development. However the Board 
will keep this under review and may consider independent external evaluation reviews in due course as the Group grows.

The internal evaluation process includes:

Board evaluation

Review

Board composition in terms of skills, experience and balance

Board cohesion

Period

Annually or as required

Annually or as required

Board operational effectiveness and decision making

Annually

Board meetings conduct and content and quality of information

Annually or as required

The Board’s engagement with shareholders and other stakeholders

The corporate vision and business plan

Annually

Annually

46

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Corporate governance statement (continued)
Principle 7 (continued)

Committee evaluation

Review

Period

Composition in terms of skills, experience and balance

Annually or as required

Terms of Reference

Effectiveness

Individual Director Evaluation

Review

Executive Director performance in executive role

Executive Director contribution to the Board

Non-Executive Director performance and contribution to the Board

Non-Executive Director’s independence and time served

All Directors’ attendance at Board and Committee meetings

Annually

Annually

Period

Annually

Annually

Annually

Annually

Annually

The Board will, as a whole or in part as appropriate, undertake the evaluation process aided by the Chairman, CEO and other Non-
Executive Directors or external advisors as necessary. The Chairman is responsible for ensuring the evaluation process is ‘fit for 
purpose’, as well as dealing with matters raised during the process. The Chairman will keep under review the frequency, scope and 
mechanisms for the evaluation process and amend the process as required.

Where areas for development are identified these will be addressed in a constructive manner. Where necessary individual Directors will 
be offered mentoring and training. If areas for development are identified within the Board as a whole, then changes or additions to the 
Board will be considered in conjunction with the Nominations Committee.

The evaluation process will focus on the improvement of Board performance, through open and constructive dialogue and the 
development and implementation of action plans. The Board will report on its evaluation and actions in its Annual Report.
The Chairman carries out an annual appraisal of the Board, the Committees and the individual Directors including a review of the 
fees paid to Non-Executive Directors. The Board (excluding the Chairman) meets annually to consider the fees of the Chairman. The 
formal evaluation process is supported by regular contact between the Chairman and the other Directors to allow any matters to be 
addressed in a timely way.  The appraisal of the Chairman was led by Michael Ward (CEO) who sought the views of the other Directors. 
The findings of the evaluation process (including the review of the fees paid to the Non-Executive Directors) were reported to the 
Board. It was agreed that the Chairman should oversee succession plans for the Board over the next five years. Succession planning is a 
vital task for boards and the management of succession planning represents a key measure of the effectiveness of the Board and a key 
responsibility of both the Nominations Committee and wider Board.

47

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Corporate governance statement (continued)

Principle 8
Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values and behaviours

The business operates in a highly regulated sector with demanding professional standards.  The legal profession requires all of its 
members to maintain high ethical standards and to comply with its code of conduct.  In addition the business has been accredited with 
the Law Society’s quality standard, Lexcel, with which all legal and non-legal parts of the business are required to comply.   Following the 
acquisition of GCL Solicitors, Gateley Plc has sought and received CQS and LMS accreditations. 

The Group has established formal risk management processes and continues to develop its internal audit function to report upon risk 
management.

The Group maintains a register of the interests of staff outside the business which includes those of the Directors to help it manage 
potential conflicts of interest.  The Directors do not hold any external positions which conflict with the duties owed to the Group.  
Disclosure of any potential conflicts of interests is invited at each meeting of the Board.

The Group’s success is largely dependent on recruiting, retaining, and developing the best professionals. To achieve this the Group seeks 
to ensure that working conditions are of a high standard and has in place good and effective management and staff communications, 
with the ability for staff to engage in decisions. The Group also encourages participation in the success of the business through share 
options and has a range of benefits to support staff, including ill health protection and life cover. The Group is committed to equal 
opportunities for promotion, with appropriate consideration being given to applications for employment from disabled persons. 
The Group aims to remunerate staff in line with market practice, to provide development opportunities and to encourage staff 
motivation and retention. 

The Board’s policy on diversity continues to be to seek to appoint the best qualified person to a particular role regardless of gender or 
other diversity criteria and therefore it has not adopted any measurable objectives in relation thereto. 

The business as a whole is committed to creating an inclusive environment where staff can develop and contribute fully without 
discrimination on the basis of gender, sexual orientation, age, race, nationality, disability or political or religious beliefs. 

Principle 9
Maintain governance structures and processes that are fit for purpose and support good decision-making 
by the Board

The Board sets the Group’s strategic aims and ensures that necessary resources are in place in order for the Group to meet its 
objectives. All members of the Board take collective responsibility for the performance of the Company and all decisions are taken in 
the interests of the Group. Whilst the Board has delegated the day to day operational management of the Group via the Strategic and 
Operations Boards to the Executive Directors and other senior managers, it has formal terms of reference identifying those specific 
matters which remain subject to decision by the Board. These include the appointment and removal of Directors, terms of reference 
for Board Committees and membership thereof, approval of strategy including acquisitions and disposals, annual financial budgets, 
investments and capital projects, projects of a capital nature and all significant contracts. The Non-Executive Directors have a particular 
responsibility to constructively challenge the strategy proposed by the Executive Directors; to scrutinise and challenge performance; 
and to ensure appropriate remuneration and succession planning arrangements are in place in relation to Executive Directors and other 
senior members of the management team. 

The Chairman is responsible for leadership by the Board and ensuring its effectiveness in all aspects of its role. The Chairman with the 
assistance of the CEO sets the Board’s agenda and ensures that adequate time is available for discussion of all agenda items, in particular 
strategic issues.

The Chairman promotes a culture of openness and debate by facilitating the effective contribution of Non-Executive Directors in 
particular and ensuring constructive relations between Executive and Non-Executive Directors. The Executives enjoy open access 
to the Non-Executive Directors. The Chairman is also responsible for ensuring that the Directors receive accurate, timely and clear 
information. The positions of Chairman and CEO are held by different individuals. 

48

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Corporate governance statement (continued) 
Principle 9 (continued) 

The CEO is responsible for running the business and implementing the decisions and policies of the Board. The CEO is also responsible 
for ensuring the Group’s communication with shareholders is timely, informative and accurate with due regard to commercial sensitivity 
and regulatory requirements.

The FD is responsible for the Group’s finances and the COO is responsible for the operations and technical requirements of the Group. 
The role of Company Secretary is undertaken by the FD.

The Non-Executive Directors are appointed to provide independent oversight and constructive challenge to the Executive Directors but 
have been specifically chosen as a result of their ability to provide strategic advice and guidance. 

All Directors are able to allocate sufficient time to the Group to discharge their duties. There is a formal, rigorous and transparent 
procedure for the appointment of new directors to the PLC Board. The search for PLC Board candidates is conducted, and 
appointments made, on merit, against objective criteria and with due regard for the benefits of diversity on the Board. 

The Board is responsible for ensuring that a sound system of internal control exists to safeguard shareholders’ interests and the Group’s 
assets. It is responsible for the regular review of the effectiveness of the systems of internal control. Internal controls are designed to 
manage rather than eliminate risk and therefore even the most effective system cannot provide assurance that each and every risk, 
present and future, has been addressed. The key features of the system that operated during the year are described below.

The Board has a formal agenda of items for consideration at each scheduled meeting but will also meet at additional times when 
required.  It receives detailed papers in advance of meetings and verbal reports at each meeting from the executive management 
covering the financial performance of the Group, updates on share performance, people matters, business development, matters 
affecting the general trading conditions and operational issues, including risk and compliance. The Board also receives verbal reports 
from the Chair of each Committee on matters which relate to the Committee’s responsibilities. 

The Board has established the following Committees to assist with oversight and governance carrying out the necessary work required 
for the business to operate effectively and efficiently, and to comply with all the regulatory requirements. The Board has delegated 
certain specific areas of responsibility to each of the Committees. The Board sees minutes of all Committee meetings and the Chairman 
of the Committee reports to the Board on any significant matters. 

Audit & Risk Committee

Nominations Committee 

Remuneration Committee

Joanne Lake (Chairman) 

Nigel Payne (Chairman) 

Suzanne Thompson (Chairman)

Nigel Payne 

Joanne Lake

Suzanne Thompson

Suzanne Thompson

Nigel Payne

Joanne Lake 

Audit & Risk Committee

The Audit & Risk Committee is chaired by Joanne Lake, and also comprises Nigel Payne and Suzanne Thompson. The Audit & Risk 
Committee has agreed terms of reference and assists the Board in discharging its responsibilities for corporate governance, risk 
management, financial control and internal controls by reviewing and monitoring risk and internal controls throughout the business. 

It oversees and reviews the Group’s financial reporting and internal control processes, its relationship with external auditors and the 
conduct of the audit process together with its process for ensuring compliance with laws, regulations and corporate governance. It is 
composed entirely of non-executive directors but other individuals such as the Group’s FD and CEO and representatives of the finance 
team are invited to attend all or any part of any meeting when deemed appropriate. The Group’s external auditors are invited to attend 
meetings of the Committee on a regular basis.

Remuneration Committee 

The Remuneration Committee has general oversite of all remuneration arrangements for Executive Directors and it considers all 
material elements of remuneration policy, remuneration and incentives with reference to independent remuneration research and 

49

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
Corporate governance statement (continued) 
Principle 9 (continued) 

professional advice. Recommendations are made to the Board on the framework for executive remuneration including the design and 
implementation of equality based incentive schemes. 

Nominations Committee

The Nominations Committee is responsible for all aspects of the appointment of Directors, succession planning and appointments to 
the Board, considering and recommending the reappointment of retiring Directors of the Group together with evaluation of Directors’ 
performance and effectiveness. 

In addition to the above sub Committees, the Group has an operational Risk Committee.  Members include the CEO, the FD, MLRO, 
nformation Security Officer, Tax Evasion Officer, Lexcel Officer and individuals responsible for the oversight of key risk areas. The 
purpose of the Risk Committee is to perform centralised oversight of risks affecting the Group and risk management activities and to 
provide communication to all Group Boards regarding important risks and related risk management activities. 

As complementary non-legal businesses join the Group, separate “new” company Boards are formed, with suitably experienced 
individuals from the Gateley Group and the newly acquired business being appointed as directors.  The primary role of these boards 
is to oversee the transition into the Group for the benefit of all stakeholders.  The minutes of each Group company’s monthly Board 
meeting are shared with the Operations, Strategic and PLC Boards. 

The Group has established management committees to address specific areas of the Group’s business activities. Details of these 
Committees and their functions can be found on the Group’s website www.gateleyplc.com.

Principle 10
Communicate how the company is governed and is performing by maintaining a dialogue with 
shareholders and other relevant stakeholders

The Board is committed to maintaining good communication and having constructive dialogue with all of its stakeholders, including 
shareholders, providing them with access to information to enable them to make informed decisions about the Group. The Investor 
Relations section of the Group’s website provides all required regulatory information as well as additional information shareholders 
may find helpful including: information on Board Members, Advisors and Significant Shareholdings, a historical list of the Group’s 
Announcements, its Financial Calendar, Corporate Governance information, the Group’s publications including historic Annual Reports 
and Notices of Annual General Meetings, together with Share Price information and interactive charting facilities to assist shareholders 
analyse performance.

Results of shareholder meetings and details of votes cast are publicly announced through the regulatory system and displayed on 
the Group’s website and suitable explanations of any actions undertaken as a result of any significant votes against resolutions will be 
included when relevant.

Information on the work of the various Board Committees and other relevant information are included in the Group’s Annual Report.

The Board and its committees

Board composition and independence
The Board consists of three Executive Directors (the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer and the Finance Director), 
the independent Non-executive Chairman and two further independent Non-executive Directors. The Non-executive Directors are 
considered by the Board to be independent of management and are free from any relationship which may materially interfere with 
the exercise of independent judgement. At the Annual General Meeting of the Company held on 29 September 2019  Neil Smith  and 
Joanne Lake offered themselves for re-election as Directors, both were re-appointed with immediate effect.

Operation of the Board
The Board meets regularly throughout the year, as well as on an ad hoc basis as required, to consider all aspects of the Group’s 
activities. A formal schedule of matters reserved for the Board includes overall Group strategy, acquisition progress, operational review, 
committee updates, governance and risk and approval of major expenditure. The agenda and relevant briefing papers (which include 
reports from the Executive Directors and minutes of subsidiary board meetings) are distributed on a timely basis in advance of each 
board meeting. 
50

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Corporate governance statement (continued) 
Principle 10 (continued) 

All Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary who is responsible for ensuring that Board procedures 
and applicable rules and regulations are observed.

The Board has considered the time availability that Nigel Payne has to carry out his duties as Chairman of Gateley (Holdings) Plc. The 
Board considers that Nigel’s other public company duties take on average no more than five working days per month leaving ample 
spare capacity for him to carry out his duties as Chairman of the Group. This is reassessed on an annual basis. 

The Board has considered the time availability that both Joanne Lake and Suzanne Thompson have to carry out their duties as Non-
executive Directors of Gateley (Holdings) Plc. The Board considers that Joanne’s other public company duties take on average no more 
than ten working days per month leaving ample spare capacity for her to carry out her duties as Non-executive Director of the Group. 
Suzanne has a full time role as the Chief Executive Officer of Oystercatchers and member of the EXCO, Centaur Media Plc. She has been 
given permission by the board of Centaur Media Plc to fulfil her duties as Non-executive Director of the Group and as such the Board 
considers she has sufficient capacity to carry out her duties. The Board reassess the time availability of both Joanne and Suzanne on a 
regular basis. 

The Remuneration Committee comprises Suzanne Thompson (Chairman), Nigel Payne and Joanne Lake. The Remuneration 
Committee is responsible for all elements of the remuneration of the Executive Directors and the members of the Strategic Board. 
The Committee also oversees the operation of the Group’s share option schemes. The Chief Executive Officer is invited to meetings 
of the Remuneration Committee to discuss the performance of other Executive Directors but is not involved in the decisions. The 
Remuneration Committee may invite any person it thinks appropriate to join the members of the Remuneration Committee at its 
meetings. 

The Remuneration Committee has placed focus on the dilution of the Group, challenging the methods of remuneration for senior 
executives and partners. As a result the Committee has driven the changes made to the share incentive plans in use by the Group, 
primarily the introduction of the new long term incentive plan.

Further details of the Committee are included in the Remuneration Report.

Audit and Risk Committee
The Audit and Risk Committee comprises Joanne Lake (Chairman), Nigel Payne and Suzanne Thompson. Joanne Lake and Nigel Payne 
are Chartered Accountants and the Board believes the Committee is independent with all members being Non-executive Directors.  
The Committee meets, together with the Finance Director, Neil Smith, at least twice a year.  It is responsible for ensuring the financial 
performance of the Group is properly reported on and monitored. The Committee reviews the interim and annual accounts, reviews 
reports from the auditor, monitors the Group’s risk register and the adequacy and effectiveness of the systems of internal control, and 
reviews annually the effectiveness of the auditor.  The auditor, Grant Thornton UK LLP, attends meetings at the request of the Chairman 
and the Committee meets with the auditor without Executive Directors being in attendance for part of the meeting.

With the assistance of skilled partners within the business the Audit and Risk Committee have worked to put practices in place that will 
allow an internal audit division to deliver appropriate and meaningful results.

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee comprises Nigel Payne (Chairman), Suzanne Thompson (previously Michael Seabrook) and Joanne 
Lake. The Committee is responsible for monitoring the size and composition of the Board and the other Board committees. It is also 
responsible for identifying suitable candidates for Board membership and will monitor the performance and suitability of the current 
Board on an on-going basis. 

Succession planning is an important part of the Group’s corporate governance statement and is key to ensuring that the prosperity 
and collaborative culture of the business are maintained in the long term.  The early addressing and announcement of the Group’s 
succession plans in which Rod Waldie succeeded Michael Ward as CEO with effect from 1 May 2020, was undertaken to enable a 
managed and orderly handover to take place. As part of its deliberations, the Board conducted a thorough review of the attributes 
required of a new CEO and agreed that an internal appointment was the best way to ensure the continuation of the group’s sustainable 
growth strategy, as well as preserving its culture.

51

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Corporate governance statement (continued)

Communications with shareholders
Communications with shareholders are given a high priority by the Directors who take responsibility for ensuring that a satisfactory 
dialogue takes place. The principal methods of communication with private shareholders remain the annual report and financial 
statements, the interim report, the AGM and the Group’s website (www.gateleyplc.com) which has been updated in the year to 
provide more meaningful and insightful information to investors and other stakeholders. In addition to the formal channels of London 
Stock Exchange communication through the regulatory news service, the Company utilises its brokers research services to support its 
engagement with private shareholders. The Group has also engaged with other brokers and advisor with a focus on delivering more 
frequent, quality communications with investors from an number of alternative research analysts.  

It is intended that all Directors will attend each AGM and shareholders will be given the opportunity to ask questions. In addition, 
the Chief Executive Officer, Finance Director and Head of Investor Relations meet with institutional shareholders following the 
announcement of interim and final results and at other appropriate times. The Chief Executive Officer and Finance Director are also in 
regular contact with analysts who publish reports on the Group’s performance.

Internal control
The Board is responsible for the Group’s systems of internal control and for reviewing their effectiveness. The Board regularly reviews 
the process for identifying, evaluating and managing any significant risks faced by the Group.  The Audit & Risk Committee discusses 
the effectiveness of the systems of internal control with the auditor. The committee continues to work on the implementation of a 
supporting Internal Audit function. 

Systems of internal control continue to develop as the Group’s activity expands. The internal controls in the businesses acquired by the 
Group are, where appropriate, the same as those in Gateley Plc.

The operational functions (professional practice, finance, IT, HR, training, marketing,, support services and compliance) operate within 
an established management structure.  The managers within the trading businesses have specific responsibilities and authority to 
manage risk effectively and report monthly either directly to the Operations Board or via their respective committees. Decisions made 
by the Operations Board are reviewed monthly by the Strategic Board and the Board.

The operational Risk Committee meets regularly to review financial, operational and compliance risks for the businesses and reports 
to the Audit & Risk Committee.  Processes to embed risk management throughout the Group will continue to be reviewed and 
implemented as appropriate, as will reviews of social, environmental and ethical matters to ensure that all significant risks to the 
business of the Group arising from these matters are adequately addressed.

It must be recognised that any system of internal control is designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve 
business objectives. Any such system of internal control can at best provide reasonable but not absolute assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. The Board is committed to operating in accordance with the Code as far as it is appropriate to do so in view of 
the current stage of development of the Group. 

Slavery and Human trafficking statement
Gateley (Holdings) Plc is committed to preventing acts of modern slavery and human trafficking from occurring within its business and 
supply chain, and expects its suppliers to adopt the same high standards.  As part of our commitment to combating modern slavery, 
we have a specific modern slavery policy and we expect all of our suppliers to take appropriate action to prevent modern slavery and 
human trafficking from occurring in their business.

Gateley (Holdings) Plc’s slavery and human trafficking statement, made in accordance with section 54(1) of the Modern Slavery Act 
2015 for the financial year commencing 1 May 2019 and ending 30 April 2020, can be found on its website, www.gateleyplc.com

On behalf of the Board

Nigel Payne
Chairman
28 September 2020
52

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
Board of Directors

Details of the Directors’, their roles and their backgrounds are as follows:

Nigel Payne, aged 60, Non-Executive Chairman
Nigel has extensive experience of listing companies, fund raising on the public markets and acting as either Chairman or Non-Executive 
Director of public and private companies. In addition to his Gateley responsibilities as Chairman, Nigel is also presently a Non-Executive 
Director of AIM quoted GetBusy plc, as well as being the Non-Executive Chairman of Green Man Gaming (Holdings) plc, the Non-
Executive Chairman of Football Index Group Limited, a Non-Executive Director of Ascot Racecourse Betting and Gaming Limited and 
Non-Executive Director of Kwalee Limited.

Previously Nigel was the CEO of Sportingbet plc, one of the world’s largest internet gaming companies. Nigel has also previously been 
the Non-Executive Chairman of AIM quoted EG Solutions plc, the Non-Executive Chairman of AIM quoted Stride Gaming Plc, the Non-
Executive Chairman of AIM quoted Hangar8 Plc, the Non-Executive Chairman of AIM quoted ECSC plc and a Non-Executive Director of 
AIM quoted Gama Aviation Plc.

Rodrick Waldie, aged 52, Chief Executive Officer
Rod was appointed to the position of Chief Executive Officer on 1 May 2020.  He has been a key member of the Group’s Strategic Board 
since joining the business via the acquisition of the Manchester office of Halliwells LLP in 2010. Prior to his appointment as CEO, Rod 
was the Senior Office Partner of the Manchester office and led the Group’s national Property services team. He has been involved in the 
successful integration of a number of Gateley’s post IPO acquisitions.

Rod has over 25 years experience as a Real Estate lawyer.  He has considerable experience in real estate investment acquisitions, 
and disposals, estate management, development and landlord and tenant. Clients include off-shore investors, on-shore real estate 
companies and developers, real estate asset management companies, high net-worth individuals, retail and leisure operators and 
specialist providers of supported living accommodation.

Peter Davies, aged 62, Chief Operating Officer
Peter has over 30 years’ experience as a Dispute Resolution lawyer. He has considerable experience in construction disputes, acting for 
developers, contractors, sub-contractors and construction professionals.

More recently, he has concentrated on providing advice to the Group’s house-builder clients. He is a member of the Law Society, TeCSA, 
and is also a CEDR accredited mediator. He has been involved in the management of Gateley LLP for over 20 years. He sits on the 
Strategic Board and Chairs the Operations Board.

Neil Smith, aged 44, Finance Director and Company Secretary
Neil has more than 25 years’ experience working in the accountancy profession where he specialised in the professional services 
industry.  Initially Neil spent 14 years at a major accounting practice where he gained considerable experience of auditing and advising 
a wide range of privately owned and publicly listed businesses across many sectors.  He joined Gateley LLP in 2008, was appointed 
as Finance Director in 2011 and became the first non-lawyer to be appointed as Partner within Gateley LLP following its successful 
application to become an Alternative Business Structure in January 2014.  Neil was a member of the management team on Gateley 
LLP’s acquisition of the commercial law business from Halliwells LLP in 2010 and, following his involvement in Gateley (Holdings) Plc’s 
admission to AIM, was appointed to the Plc Board in 2015.  As well as Company Secretary for the Gateley Group he is also the Group’s 
compliance officer for finance and administration (“COFA”) and a fellow of the Association of Certified Chartered Accountants.

Michael Ward, aged 61, Executive Director
Mike has over 30 years’ experience as a Corporate lawyer, advising private and public companies, management teams and private 
investors. He joined Gateley in 1987 and has been instrumental in the development of Gateley. He was Senior Partner from 2001 to 
2015 when he became CEO. Mike is a former President and Treasurer of the Birmingham Law Society and a former President of the 
Greater Birmingham Chamber of Commerce.

Joanne Lake, aged 56, Non-Executive Director
Joanne has over 30 years’ experience in financial and professional services; in investment banking with firms including Panmure Gordon, 
Evolution Securities and Williams de Broe and in audit and business advisory services with Price Waterhouse.  Joanne is also Non-
executive Chairman of AIM quoted wealth management group, Mattioli Woods plc, Non-executive Deputy Chairman of main market 
listed land promotion, property development and construction group, Henry Boot PLC and a Non-executive Director of AIM quoted 
non-standard finance provider, Morses Club PLC. Joanne is a Fellow of the Chartered Institute for Securities & Investment and of the 
ICAEW, and is a member of the ICAEW’s corporate finance faculty.

53

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Board of Directors (continued)

Suzanne Thompson, aged 53, Non-Executive Director
Suzanne (Suki) specialises in cultural change and marketing transformation, pioneering new wellbeing programmes linked to 
commercial outcomes, marketing model development and digital capability programmes. Working with 80% of the FTSE 250 and 
leading global communications networks and technology groups, she is helping to drive client business in the USA, Europe and Asia.  
Suki is an entrepreneur and transformational business leader. Business launches include Let’s Reset, The Oystercatchers and Bunker Gin.

Centaur Media acquired Oystercatchers in September 2016 and she remains Chair of the business and Exec Director of the Xeim Group. 
She is the Founder and CEO of Let’s Reset, the cultural change company. 

Suki was a Board Trustee of Macmillan Cancer Support and is an Addidi Angel Investor for Small Businesses. She is a long 
standing member of WACL, MGGB and Allbright.  Suki also holds an honorary Doctorate from Coventry University for services to 
Entrepreneurship and International Business. She was awarded Small Business Entrepreneur of the Year and is the Author of Let’s Reset 
and Creative Influence. 

Directors’ report

The Directors present their annual report and the audited financial statements for the year ended 30 April 2020.

Principal activities

The principal activities of the Gateley Group during the year were the provision of commercial legal services together with 
complementary consultancy services including acting as independent trustees to pension schemes, the provision of specialist tax 
incentive advice, the supply of specialist property consultancy services and the supply of specialist human capital management.

Business review

The results of Gateley (Holdings) Plc for the year are set out in the consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive 
income on page 66.

A review of the business, results and dividends, and likely future developments of the company are contained in the Chief Executive 
Officer’s review on pages 7 to 10 and the Finance Director’s review on pages 11 to 16.  The Group’s key performance indicators (KPIs) 
are set out on pages 11 to 16.  The strategic report, which includes a description of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the 
Group, is set out on pages 17-29.

Dividends

The Directors do not propose to recommend a final dividend (2019: £5,986,483).  As a result no final dividend (2019: 5.4p per share) 
will be paid, meaning no dividend will have been paid for the year (2019: total dividend 8.0p). In 2019 the final dividend was not 
included within creditors as it was not approved before the year end.

The Directors and their interests in the shares of the Parent Company

10p ordinary shares

10p ordinary shares

Number of shares 
2020

Percentage holding 
2020

Number of shares 
2019

Percentage holding 2019

70,918

26,300

10,000

0.06%

0.02%

0.01%

55,926

26,300

10,000

0.05%

0.02%

0.01%

Nigel Terrence Payne

Joanne Carolyn Lake

Suzanne Francis 
Alison Thompson

54

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Directors’ report (continued)
Dividends (continued)

Roderick Richard Waldie

Michael James Ward

Peter Gareth Davies

Neil Andrew Smith

2,216,754

2,215,739

383,313

1.88%

1.88%

0.33%

2,446,754

2,481,204

520,000

2.23%

2.24%

0.49%

Substantial shareholdings
The Company was notified that the following were interested in 3% or more of the issued share capital of the Company as at 31 July 
2020:

Name

Number of ordinary shares

% of issued share capital

Liontrust Asset Management

Unicorn Asset Management Limited

Miton Asset Management

12,077,513

7,365,000

7,179,420

10.27%

6.26%

6.10%

Financial risk management objectives and policies
The Group uses various financial instruments including cash, trade debtors and trade creditors. It is the Group’s policy not to enter into 
complex financial instruments. Such instruments give rise to liquidity risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and foreign exchange risk. More 
detail on financial instruments is given in note 28 to the financial statements.

Directors’ professional indemnity insurance
All Directors and Officers of the Company have the benefit of the indemnity provision contained in the Company’s Articles of 
Association. The provision, which is a qualifying third party indemnity provision, was in force throughout the last two financial years 
and is currently still in force. The Group also purchased and maintained throughout the financial period Directors’ and Officers’ liability 
insurance in respect of itself and its Directors and Officers, although no cover exists in the event Directors or Officers are found to have 
acted fraudulently or dishonestly.

Directors’ responsibilities statement
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have to prepare 
the financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union. 
Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs and profit or loss of the Company and Group for that period. In preparing these financial statements, the Directors 
are required to:
• 
•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
• 

state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the European Union have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed 
and explained in the financial statements;
prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will continue in 
business. 

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

• 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that 
the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.  They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

55

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Directors report (continued)
Directors’ responsibilities statement (continued)

Disclosure of information to auditor
The Directors confirm that: 
• 
• 

so far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and
the Directors have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as Directors in order to make themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s 
website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

Employees
Details of how the Group’s policy and approaches to employee engagement, diversity and inclusion and disabled employees can be 
found in the strategic report. 

Engaging with stakeholders
The Directors have identified the key stakeholders of the business, and documented their engagement with these groups throughout 
the year along with how they have been considered in the making of key decisions within the year. 

The Group conducts regular client surveys to better understand and improve the clients’ experience and service received. 
We seek to build strong, long term relationships with our suppliers working alongside them as business partners for the benefit of all. 
The Group works closely with its advisors to ensure it operates in accordance with the market regulations.

The CEO and FD, have regular meetings with the Group’s Relationship Manager at the Solicitors Regulatory Authority (SRA), the 
organisation that oversees the regulation of the legal services sector.

Streamlined Energy & Carbon Reporting 
Under The Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Director’s Report) Regulation 2018, Gateley (Holdings) Plc have disclosed their 
annual UK energy consumption within the Strategic Report. 

Future developments
The Board plans to continue to drive growth within the existing business and through acquisitions within both the legal and non-legal 
sectors, supporting this with further investment in technology and recruitment of quality personnel. 

Subsequent events 
LTIP option issue
On the 22 July the Company issued LTIP options over 1,405,766 shares to certain senior employees and executive directors based on 
performance conditions commencing on 1 May 2020.  The number of options granted were allocated to the same employees in the 
same proportions as the February issue however approximately 28% more awards were issued to those employees so as to enhance the 
incentivisation of these awards during the difficult and challenging economic conditions encountered due to the impact of COVID-19.

CSOP option issue
On the 7 July 2020 the Company issued CSOP options over 976,797 shares to associates, senior associates, legal directors, equivalent 
positions in Gateley Group consultancy companies and senior management positions in the support teams.

Auditor
The Company and Grant Thornton UK LLP have agreed that the Company will not propose the reappointment of Grant Thornton UK 
LLP as auditor to the Company at the Company’s AGM for the year ended 30 April 2021, in order to allow both businesses to pursue 
other commercial relationships. The Board has initiated an audit tender process in order to identify a suitable replacement auditor for 
the Group and we expect to announce the appointment of our new auditor at our forthcoming AGM.

By order of the Board

Rod Waldie, Chief Executive Officer
28 September 2020
56

One Eleven Edmund Street
Birmingham
West Midlands
B3 2HJ

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
Independent auditor’s report to the members of Gateley (Holdings) Plc 

Opinion 

Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified 

We have audited the financial statements of Gateley (Holdings) Plc (the ‘parent company’) and its 
subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for the year ended 30 April 2020, which comprise the consolidated 
statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income, the consolidated and company 
statements of financial position, the consolidated and company statements of changes in equity, the 
consolidated and company cash flow statements and notes to the financial statements, including a 
summary of significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in 
their preparation is applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as 
adopted by the European Union and, as regards the parent company financial statements, as applied 
in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. 

In our opinion: 

•

•

•

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent
company’s affairs as at 30 April 2020 and of the group’s profit for the year then ended;

the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted
by the European Union;

the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs
as adopted by the European Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the
Companies Act 2006; and

• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the

Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the ‘Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements’ section of our report. We are independent of the group and the parent company in accordance 
with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with 
these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion. 

The impact of macro-economic uncertainties on our audit 

Our audit of the financial statements requires us to obtain an understanding of all relevant uncertainties, including 
those arising as a consequence of the effects of macro-economic uncertainties such as Covid-19 and Brexit. All 
audits assess and challenge the reasonableness of estimates made by the directors and the related disclosures and 
the appropriateness of the going concern basis of preparation of the financial statements. All of these depend on 
assessments of the future economic environment and the Group’s future prospects and performance. 

Covid-19 and Brexit are amongst the most significant economic events currently faced by the UK, and at the date of 
this report their effects are subject to unprecedented levels of uncertainty, with the full range of possible outcomes 
and their impacts unknown. We applied a standardised firm-wide approach in response to these uncertainties when 
assessing the Group’s future prospects and performance. However, no audit should be expected to predict the 
unknowable factors or all possible future implications for a Group associated with these particular events. 

57

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
Conclusions relating to going concern 

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the ISAs (UK) require us to report to 
you where: 

•

•

the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not
appropriate; or

the directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast
significant doubt about the group’s or the parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of
accounting for a period of at least twelve months from the date when the financial statements are authorised for
issue.

In our evaluation of the directors’ conclusions, we considered the risks associated with the group’s business model, 
including effects arising from macro-economic uncertainties such as Covid-19 and Brexit, and analysed how those 
risks might affect the group’s resources or ability to continue operations over the period of at least twelve months 
from the date when the financial statements are authorised for issue. In accordance with the above, we have nothing 
to report in these respects.  

However, as we cannot predict all future events or conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes that 
are inconsistent with judgements that were reasonable at the time they were made, the absence of reference to a 
material uncertainty in this auditor's report is not a guarantee that the group will continue in operation. 

Overview of our audit approach 

• Overall materiality: £760,000 which represents approximately
4.75% of the group’s normalised profit before taxation before
exceptional items;

• Key audit matters were identified as revenue recognition for

unpaid revenue and accrued income, the accuracy of intangible
assets, the transition to IFRS 16 and going concern;

• We performed full-scope audit procedures on the financial
statements of Gateley (Holdings) Plc and on the financial
information of Gateley Plc, the most significant trading subsidiary
of the group; and

• We performed analytical procedures on the remaining

components in the group as these were not determined to be
significant components.

58

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
Key audit matters 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those that had the greatest effect on: the 
overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. 
These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

Key Audit Matter – Group 

How the matter was addressed in the audit – Group 

Revenue recognition (unpaid and accrued revenue) 
Revenue (in respect of client matters) is recognised in 
accordance with IFRS15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers’. 

Under ISA 240, there is a rebuttable presumed risk that 
revenue may be misstated due to the improper 
recognition of revenue.  

Unpaid and accrued revenue represents a higher level 
of risk of transactions not being valid in comparison to 
revenue which has already been recovered, due to the 
significant judgements and estimates required by 
management including assumptions about future 
events, and the identification of, any other costs that 
might arise and the impact of any changes in scope of 
work. 

As such, we identified revenue recognition for unpaid 
and accrued revenue as a significant risk, which was 
one of the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement.  

Accuracy of intangible assets 
During the year the group made four acquisitions; 
Persona Associates Limited, T-Three Group Limited, 
Gateley Tweed and Gateley Vinden. 

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to: 

•

evaluating the group’s accounting policies for
recognition of revenue for appropriateness in
accordance with requirements of the financial
reporting framework, including IFRS 15
‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’, and
checking this has been appropriately applied;

• agreeing, on a sample basis, engagement terms
to ensure client matters are classified correctly 
between contingent and non-contingent.; 

•

•

•

Evaluating management’s assessment, in
accordance with the requirements of IFRS 15,
that it is not highly probable that there will be a
significant reversal of contingent revenue
recognised

determining whether a service has been provided or
a sale had occurred in the financial year for revenue

recorded by checking individual matters in accordance

with engagement letters, challenging the stage of

completion and revenue recognised against unbilled

amounts through checking to proof of service and

corroborative inquiry with matter managers and

management on a sample basis;

agreeing the recovery of the balance of unpaid
revenue to post year end billing and cash
receipts, and where billing has not yet occurred,
challenging matter managers on the expected
recovery, confirming unpaid revenue is recorded
in the correct period and at the correct amount
and is supported by time costs incurred;

•

assessing whether the disclosures within the
financial statements are appropriate and in line with

IFRS 15.

The Group’s accounting policy on revenue recognition is 
shown in note 1.16 to the financial statements and related 
disclosures are included in note 4..  

Key observations 
Based on our audit work, we did not identify any material 
misstatements in the revenue recognised in the year to 30 
April 2020. 

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to: 

•

evaluating the group’s accounting policies for the
valuation of intangible assets for appropriateness
in accordance with requirements of the financial

59

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Key Audit Matter – Group 

How the matter was addressed in the audit – Group 

In accordance with IFRS3 ‘Business Combinations’ the 
group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as the 
fair value of consideration transferred less the net 
recognised fair value amount of identifiable assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed.  

Goodwill and intangibles of £10.0m million were 
recognised as a result of the acquisitions made this 
year 

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination 
are deemed to have a cost to the group equal to their 
fair value at the acquisition date. These intangible 
assets were valued based on discounted cash flow 
forecasts, which require judgement by the Directors 
around key assumptions such as revenue growth, 
discount rates, customer attrition and long-term growth 
rates. 

. 

We therefore identified valuation of intangible assets as 
a significant risk, which was one of the most significant 
assessed risks of material misstatement. 

Accuracy, completeness and presentation of the 

application of IFRS 16 

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ has been adopted in the financial 
statements for the year ended 30 April 2020, The right 
of use asset recognised on transition was £24.4m with 
a lease liability of £27.2m. A number of judgements 
have been applied and estimates made in determining 
the impact of the standard. 

In order to compute the transition impact of IFRS 16, a 
data extraction exercise was undertaken by 
management. The incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) 
method has been adopted where the implicit rate of 
interest in a lease was not readily available. 

•

Our key audit matter was focused on the following 
areas of risk: 

-

-

-

specific assumptions applied to determine the IBR
for each lease are inappropriate;

the underlying lease data used to calculate the
transitional impact is incomplete and/or inaccurate;

leasing arrangements within the scope of IFRS 16
are not identified or properly included in the
calculation of the transitional impact

Due to the significant financial statement impact of 
IFRS 16, as well as the high level of estimation required 
in determining the appropriate accounting treatment, we 
identified the implementation of IFRS 16 as a significant 

60

reporting framework, including IFRS 3 ‘Business 
Combinations’, and checking this has been 
appropriately applied; 

•

reperforming management’s calculation of the
fair value of the consideration transferred less
the net recognised amount of identifiable assets
acquired and liabilities assumed;

• using our internal valuation specialist to evaluate
and challenge the assumptions used, including
discount rates, growth rates and forecast future
trading performance applied in the calculation of
the fair value of the intangibles recognised;

•

•

testing the completeness and accuracy of the data
used in the intangibles valuation by agreeing data to

pertinent supporting documentation such as long-term

growth forecasts; and

testing significant fair value adjustments made to the
assets and liabilities acquired and challenging

management’s assumptions in the value in use

assigned to certain assets.

The group’s accounting policy on intangible assets and 

goodwill is shown in note 1.10 to the financial statements 

and related disclosures are included in notes 16 and 17.  

Key observations 

Based on our audit work, we found that the assumptions 

and judgements used in management’s measurement of 

acquired intangibles were reasonable and that the 
associated amounts recognised were materially accurate. 

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to: 

•

assessing the design effectiveness of the key
controls in place throughout the transition
process;

• using the work of an auditor’s expert in

assessing the appropriateness of the IBR
applied;

testing the accuracy of the underlying lease data
used in management’s calculation by agreeing
significant lease terms to original lease
agreements;

• obtaining supporting contractual information for

transactions considered to be potentially
indicative of unrecorded lease liabilities and
testing whether they met the definition of a
leasing arrangement under IFRS 16;

•

checking the integrity and mechanical accuracy of
the IFRS 16 calculations for each lease through

recalculation of the expected IFRS 16 adjustment;

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Key Audit Matter – Group 

How the matter was addressed in the audit – Group 

risk, which was one of the most significant assessed 
risks of material misstatement. 

•

testing the reconciliation between the group’s
operating lease commitments and the IFRS 16
assessment to evidence completeness;

• assessing that the accounting policy applied and
calculations were made in accordance with
IFRS16 requirements; and

•

assessing the disclosures in the financial
statements to determine whether they are
appropriate and sufficient for the requirements of the

new accounting standard.

The group's accounting policy for IFRS 16 is shown in note 

2 and related disclosures are included in note 30. 

Key observations 

Based on our audit work, we found the valuation 

assumptions, including the discount rates used by 

management, to be balanced. We found no material errors 

in the underlying IFRS 16 calculations.

Going concern 

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to: 

As stated in the ‘The impact of macro-economic 

uncertainties on our audit’ section of our report, Covid-

• Assessing the reliability of management’s forecasting
by comparing the historic accuracy of actual financial

19 is amongst the most significant economic events 

performance to the forecast information;

currently faced by the UK, and at the date of this report 

its effects are subject to unprecedented levels of 

uncertainty.  

• Obtaining management’s forecasts prepared to assess
the potential impact of Covid-19. We evaluated the

assumptions applied, including the reduction in

Our regulators have stated that in this environment they 

revenue, the depleted workforce and the resulting

expect going concern to be viewed by auditors as a 

effect on working capital during the estimated period of

heightened and/or significant risk area requiring more 
extensive work to obtain the required audit evidence. 

Covid-19, for reasonableness and determined whether

they had been applied accurately. We also considered

Accordingly as this event could adversely impact the 

future trading performance of the group and the parent 

whether the assumptions are consistent with our

understanding of the business;

company and as such increases the extent of 

judgement and estimation uncertainty associated with 

• Assessing management’s determination of the impact
of the mitigating factors available to them to restrict the

management’s decision to adopt the going concern 

cash impact of the pandemic. This assessment

basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial 

included the corroboration of mitigating actions taken

statements. We therefore identified going concern as a 

by management to relevant documentation and

significant risk, which was one of the most significant 

assessment of their application in the revised forecasts

assessed risks of material misstatement. 

for accuracy;

As such we identified going concern as a significant 

• Performing sensitivity analysis on management’s

risk, which was one of the most significant assessed 

revised forecasts to determine the reduction in EBIT

risks of material misstatement. 

that would lead to elimination of the headroom in their

original cash flow forecasts and assessment and

corroboration of the further mitigating actions identified

by management in the revised forecasts; and

• Assessing the adequacy of the going concern

disclosures included within the Accounting Policies of

the Financial Statements.

Key observations 

Based on the procedures performed, we have identified no 

issues regarding management’s assessment of the impact 

61

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
Key Audit Matter – Group 

How the matter was addressed in the audit – Group 

of Covid-19 on liquidity requirements and forecast revenue. 

We have noting to report in addition to that stated in the 

‘Conclusions relating to going concern’ section of our 

report.

Our application of materiality 

We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the 
economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality in 
determining the nature, timing and extent of our audit work and in evaluating the results of that work.  

Materiality was determined as follows: 

Materiality measure 

Group 

Parent 

Financial statements as a 
whole 

Performance materiality 
used to drive the extent 
of our testing 

Specific materiality 

£760,000, which is approximately 4.75% 
of the group’s normalised profit before tax 
before exceptional items. This benchmark 
is considered the most appropriate 
because this is a key performance 
measure used by the Board of directors to 
monitor the financial performance of the 
group. 

Materiality for the current year is lower 
than the level that we determined for the 
year ended 30 April 2019 as a result of a 
change in the benchmark used for our 
materiality measure from adjusted profit 
before tax to normalised profit before tax 
before exceptional items. 

£352,000, which is approximately 1% of 
the parent company’s total assets. This 
benchmark is considered the most 
appropriate because this is a key 
performance measure used by the Board 
of directors to monitor the financial 
position of the parent company whose 
principal activity is that of an investment 
holding company. 

Materiality for the current year is higher 
than the level that we determined for the 
year ended 30 April 2019 to reflect the 
increase in total assets of the parent 
company. 

75% of financial statement materiality. 

75% of financial statement materiality. 

We determined a lower level of specific 
materiality for certain areas such as 
directors’ remuneration and related party 
transactions. 

We determined a lower level of specific 
materiality for certain areas such as 
directors’ remuneration and related party 
transactions. 

Communication of 
misstatements to the 
audit committee 

£38,000 and misstatements below that 
threshold that, in our view, warrant 
reporting on qualitative grounds. 

£17,600 and misstatements below that 
threshold that, in our view, warrant 
reporting on qualitative grounds. 

The graph below illustrates how performance materiality interacts with our overall materiality and the tolerance for 
potential uncorrected misstatements. 

Overall materiality – Group 

Overall materiality – Parent 

25%

25%

75%

75%

62

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
Tolerance for potential uncorrected mis-statements

Performance materiality

An overview of the scope of our audit 

Our audit approach was a risk-based approach founded on a thorough understanding of the Group’s business, its 
environment and risk profile and in particular included: 

•

•

•

evaluation by the group audit team of identified components to assess the significance of that component and to determine the

planned audit response based on a measure of materiality. This was evaluated by considering each component’s significance

as a percentage of the group’s total assets, revenues and profit before taxation;

the financial statements of the parent company, Gateley (Holdings) Plc, were subject to a full-scope audit;

full-scope audit procedures on the financial information of Gateley Plc, the most significant trading subsidiary of the group;

• walkthroughs of each significant class of revenue transactions and assessing the design effectiveness of controls;

•

•

•

documenting our understanding of management’s process for evaluating the accounting treatment to be applied to the

acquisitions and assessing the design effectiveness of relevant controls;

the significant components, which were subject to full-scope audit procedures, include 95% of revenue and 74% of total assets

of the group; and

analytical procedures were performed on the financial information of the remaining 14 group components. All
components subject to audit and analytical procedures have been performed by the group engagement team.

KAM 1 – Revenue 
recognition – unpaid and 
accrued revenue 

KAM 2 – Accuracy of 
intangible assets 

KAM 3 – Accuracy, 
completeness and 
presentation of the 
application of IFRS 16 

KAM 4 – Going concern 

Other information 

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in 
the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial 
statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we 
do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.  

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in 
doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our 
knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material 
inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether there is a material 
misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we 
have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report 
that fact.  

We have nothing to report in this regard. 

63

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 is unmodified 

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit: 

•

•

the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which
the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal
requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report under the Companies Act 2006 

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and its environment obtained in 
the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.  

Matters on which we are required to report by exception 

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us 
to report to you if, in our opinion: 

•

•

•

adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been
received from branches not visited by us; or

the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Responsibilities of directors for the financial statements 

As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page X, the directors are responsible for 
the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such 
internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent 
company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and 
using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent 
company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance 
with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error 
and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial 
Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s 
report. 

64

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Use of our report 

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s 
members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

David White 
Senior Statutory Auditor 
for and on behalf of Grant Thornton UK LLP 
Statutory Auditor, Chartered Accountants 
Birmingham 
 28 September 2020 

65

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income
for the year ended 30 April 2020

Revenue

Other operating income

Personnel costs, excluding IFRS 2 charge

Depreciation – Property, plant and equipment

Depreciation – Right-of-use asset*

Impairment of trade receivables and contract assets

Other operating expenses*, excluding non-underlying and exceptional items

Operating profit before non-underlying and exceptional items

Total non-underlying operating and exceptional items

Total non-underlying operating and exceptional items

Operating profit

Investment income received 

Financing income

Financing expense*

Profit before tax

Taxation

Note

4

5

8

14

14

2020

£’000

2019

£’000

109,838

103,471

665

313

(63,531)

(62,757)

(1,083)

(1,122)

(3,455)

-

20/21

(631)

(1,304)

(23,142)

(20,609)

7

7

7

7

6

10

10

18,661

17,992

(3,300)

(2,122)

(3,300)

(2,122)

15,361

15,870

138

 523

-

523

(1,266)

(448)

14,756

15,945

11

(3,033)

(2,904)

Profit for the year after tax attributable to equity holders of the parent

11,723

13,041

Other comprehensive income

Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Foreign exchange translation differences
- Exchange differences on foreign branch

Profit for the financial year and total comprehensive income all attributable to equity 
holders of the parent

Statutory Earnings per share

Basic

Diluted

29

(25)

11,752

13,016

12

12

10.34p

11.83p

10.14p

11.61p

* The adoption of IFRS 16 in the 12 months to 30 April 2020 resulted in an increase in depreciation of £3.455m and finance costs of £0.84m.  Other operating expenses 
reduced by £4.070m.  See note 30.

The results for the periods presented above are derived from continuing operations.
The accompanying notes on pages 71 to 117  form an integral part of these financial statements.
66

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Consolidated statement of financial position at 30 April 2020 

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right of use asset

Investment property

Intangible assets & goodwill

Other intangible assets

Other investments

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Contract assets

Trade and other receivables

Deferred tax asset

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Non-current liabilities

Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Lease liability 

Other payables

Deferred tax liability

Provisions

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Trade and other payables

Lease liability

Provisions

Current tax liabilities

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

NET ASSETS

EQUITY

 Share capital

 Share premium

 Merger reserve

 Other reserve

 Treasury reserve

 Translation reserve

 Retained earnings

TOTAL EQUITY

Note

14

14

15

16

18

19

20

21

24

26

22

30

23

24

25

22

23

30

25

27

2020

£’000

1,873

22,879

164

18,438

303

229

2019

£’000

2,017

-

164

10,430

289

85

43,886

12,985

11,684

39,997

19

2,923

54,623

98,509

10,671

36,535

428

2,887

50,521

63,506

(2,369)

(3,076)

(22,109)

(922)

(1,208)

(461)

-

(983)

(388)

(339)

(27,069)

(4,786)

(1,437)

(3,044)

(20,169)

(23,727)

(3,347)

(252)

(1,399)

-

(291)

(1,074)

(26,604)

(28,136)

(53,673)

(32,922)

44,836

30,584

11,761

9,153

11,086

6,775

(9,950)

(9,950)

6,815

(417)

27

27,447

44,836

1,770

(1,057)

(2)

21,982

30,584

These financial statements were approved by the directors on 28 September 2020 and were signed and authorised for issue on their 
behalf by:

Roderick R Waldie 
Chief Executive Officer 

Neil A Smith
Finance Director

Company registered number: 09310078 
The accompanying notes on pages 71 to 117 form 
67
an integral part of these financial statements.

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Consolidated statement of changes in equity 

Share
capital

Share
premium

Merger
reserve

Other
reserve

Treasury 
reserve

Retained
earnings

At 1 May 2018, as previously reported

Adjustment from adoption of IFRS 9 (net of tax)

£’000

10,688

-

£’000

4,576

-

£’000

(9,950)

-

£’000

1,547

-

£’000

(15)

£’000

16,119

-

(353)

Restated balance at 1 May 2018

10,688

4,576

(9,950)

1,547

(15)

15,766

Comprehensive income:

Profit for the year

Exchange rate differences

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
recognised directly in equity:

Issue of share capital

Recognition of tax benefit on gain from equity 
settled share options

Purchase of own shares at nominal value

Reclassification of gain on own shares

Sale of treasury shares

Purchase of treasury shares

Dividend paid

Share based payment transactions

Deferred tax on equity settled element of share 
based payment charge

-

-

-

-

-

-

398

2,151

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

28

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

223

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

791

(1,833)

-

-

-

13,041

13,041

-

726

(242)

(28)

-

-

(8,118)

655

182

Total equity at 30 April 2019

11,086

6,755

(9,950)

1,770

(1,057)

21,982

At 1 May 2019, as previously reported

11,086

6,755

(9,950)

1,770

(1,057)

Adjustment from adoption of IFRS 16 (net of tax)

-

-

-

-

-

Restated balance at 1 May 2019

11,086

6,755

(9,950)

1,770

(1,057)

Comprehensive income:

Profit for the year

Exchange rate differences

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
recognised directly in equity:

Issue of share capital

Recognition of tax benefit on gain from equity 
settled share options

Purchase of own shares at nominal value

Sale of treasury shares

Purchase of treasury shares

Dividend paid

Share based payment transactions

Deferred tax on equity settled element of share 
based payment charge

-

-

-

-

-

-

675

2,398

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

5,045

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,915

(1,275)

-

-

-

21,982

(725)

21,257

11,723

-

11,723

-

374

(163)

-

-

(6,007)

821

(558)

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve

£’000

23

-

23

-

(25)

(25)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

(2)

-

(2)

-

29

29

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total
Equity

£’000

22,988

(353)

22,635

13,041

(25)

13,016

2,772

726

(242)

-

791

(1,833)

(8,118)

655

182

30,584

30,584

(725)

29,859

11,723

29

11,752

8,118

374

(163)

1,915

(1,275)

(6,007)

821

(558)

Total equity at 30 April 2020

11,761

9,153

(9,950)

6,815

(417)

27,447

27

44,836

68

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Consolidated statement of changes in equity (continued)

The following describes the nature and purpose of each reserve within equity:

Share premium – Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value together with gains on the sale of own shares and the difference between actual and 
nominal value of shares issued by the Company in the acquisition of trade and assets.

Merger reserve – Represents the difference between the nominal value of shares acquired by the Company in the share for share exchange with the former Gateley 
Heritage LLP members and the nominal value of shares issued to acquire them.

Other reserve – Represents the difference between the actual and nominal value of shares issued by the Company in the acquisition of subsidiaries.

Treasury reserve – Represents the repurchase of shares for future distribution by Group’s Employee Benefit Trust.

Retained earnings – All other net gains and losses and transactions with owners not recognised anywhere else.

Foreign currency translation reserve – Represents the movement in exchange rates back to the Group’s functional currency of profits and losses generated in foreign 
currencies.

The accompanying notes on pages 71 to 117 form an integral part of these financial statements.

69

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Consolidated cash flow statement for the year ending 30 April 2019 

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit for the year after tax

Adjustments for:

Depreciation and amortisation

Financial income

Financial expense

Impairment of Goodwill

Equity settled share-based payments

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Loss on disposal of other intangible assets Loss on disposal of other intangible assets

Profit on sale of investment

Tax expense

Increase in trade and other receivables

(Decrease)/Increase in trade and other payables

Increase in provisions

Cash generated from operations

Tax paid

Net cash flows from operating activities

Investing activities

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

Acquisition of other intangible assets

Cash received on disposal of  property, plant and equip-ment 

Cash received on sale of investments

Acquisition of other investments

Contingent consideration paid - acquisition of subsidiary

Consideration paid on acquisitions, net of cash acquired

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities

Interest receivable

Interest and other financial income paid

Lease repayments

Receipt of new bank loan

Repayment of term bank loans

Repayment of loans from former members of GCL Solicitors & Directors of IIS

Funds from former members of Gateley Tweed

Funding by EBT of SARS shares

Proceeds from sale of own shares

Acquisition of own shares

Cash received for shares issued on exercise of SAYE/CSOP/SARS options

Dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

The accompanying notes on pages 71 to 117 form an integral part of these financial statements. 

70

Note

2020

£’000

2019

£’000

11,723

13,041

14/16/18

10

10

16

8

7

18

6/19

11

14

18

17

10

10

22

22

22

13

26

5,913

(523)

1,266

619

821

-

282

(138)

3,033

22,996

(1,730)

(6,120)

83

15,229

(2,767)

12,462

(857)

(329)

-

208

(214)

(625)

(2,657)

(4,474)

523

(426)

(801)

-

(2,573)

(402)

30

-

642

-

1,062

(6,007)

(7,952)

36

2,887

2,923

2,528

(523)

448

-

655

(3)

-

-

2,904

19,050

(3,946)

37

25

15,166

(3,075)

12,091

(1,010)

(276)

3

-

-

(236)

(2,526)

(4,045)

523

(448)

-

2,970

(2,278)

(904)

-

(1,863)

767

(109)

-

(8,118)

(9,460)

(1,414)

4,301

2,887

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes
(forming part of the financial statements)

1  Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies

Gateley (Holdings) Plc is a Company incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom.

The Group financial statements consolidate those of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the “Group”).  The 
parent company financial statements present information about the Company as a separate entity and not about its Group.

The Group and Company financial statements have been prepared and approved by the Directors in accordance with the Companies Act 
2006 and International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU (“Adopted IFRSs”). 

The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in these Group 
financial statements.

Judgements made by the Directors, in the application of these accounting policies that have significant effect on the financial 
statements and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment in the next year are discussed in note 3.

The individual financial statements of each group company are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in 
which it operates (its functional currency). For the purposes of the consolidated financial statements, the results and financial position 
of each group company are expressed in GBP, which is the functional currency of the Company, and the presentational currency for the 
Group.

1.1  Measurement convention
The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis except where adopted IFRSs require an alternative treatment. The 
principal variations relate to investment properties and financial instruments which are carried at fair value.

1.2  Going concern
See full explanation on page 19 of the Strategic Report.

Having reviewed the Group’s forecasts, which includes an analysis of both short term cash flow forecasts and longer term cash flow 
forecasts, the risk and uncertainties surrounding the current and future demand for legal services, and other reasonably possible 
variations in trading performance, mitigating actions available to management and the possible impact of Covid-19 the Group expects to 
be able to operate within the Group’s financing facilities and in accordance with the covenants set out in those facility agreements.

Sensitivity analysis has been performed in respect of specific scenarios which could negatively impact our future performance such 
as lower levels of revenue growth, lower than forecast receipts of cash, and reduced levels of gross margin expansion. In addition, the 
Directors have also considered further mitigating actions such as lower capital expenditure and other short-term cash management 
activities within the Group’s control. On this basis, the Directors have a reasonable basis to conclude that the Group is forecast to 
continue to trade in line with existing financing facilities for the foreseeable future.

Accordingly, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements.

1.3  Basis of consolidation
On 29 May 2015, the Company acquired 100 per cent of the issued share capital of Gateley Plc which had, on the same day, acquired 
the business assets and liabilities of Gateley Heritage LLP, formerly the partnership of Gateley LLP.  Following this Group reorganisation 
the financial statements for the year ended 30 April 2016 were prepared on a merger accounting basis as though this Group structure 
had always been in place. 

Although the share for share exchange resulted in a change of legal ownership, in substance these financial statements reflect the 
continuation of the pre-existing group, headed by Gateley LLP.

Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns 
from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. In assessing control, 
the Group’s primary consideration is   voting rights that are currently exercisable. The acquisition date is the date on which control is 
transferred to the acquirer. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date 
that control commences until the date that control ceases. 

71

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
1  Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies (continued)
1.3  Basis of consolidation (continued)

Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated. 
Unrealised gains arising from transactions with equity-accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the 
Group’s interest in the investee. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is 
no evidence of impairment. 

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial information of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line with 
those used by the Group.

Audit exemption of subsidiaries
The following subsidiaries are exempt from the requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006 relating to the audit of individual accounts 
by virtue of s479A of the Act.

Name
Gateley UK LLP
Gateley EBT Limited
Gateley Capitus Limited
Gateley Hamer Limited
Kiddy & Partners Limited
International Investment Services Limited
Persona Associates Limited
T-Three Consulting Limited
T-Three Group Limited
T-Three Holdings Limited
Gateley Vinden Limited
Matsa Holdings Limted
Thomas Alexander Holdings Limited
TVP Holdings Limited

Registered number
OC315778
09576648
03324995
03948095
11379755
08597472
02371248
03959623
06495180
04579021
03830233
08293396
02280956
06548795

The outstanding liabilities at 30 April 2020 of the above named subsidiaries have been guaranteed by the Company pursuant to s479A to 
s479C of the Act.  In the opinion of the directors, the possibility of the guarantee being called upon is remote.

1.4  Foreign currency
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the functional currency of the Group at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the 
date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the statement of financial position date 
are retranslated to the functional currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Foreign exchange differences arising on 
translation are recognised in the consolidated statement of profit and loss. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in 
terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated to 
the Group’s presentational currency, sterling, at foreign exchange rates ruling at the statement of financial position date. The revenues 
and expenses of foreign operations are translated at an average rate for the year where this rate approximates to the foreign exchange 
rates ruling at the dates of the transactions.

Exchange differences arising from the translation of foreign operations are reported as an item of other comprehensive income and 
accumulated in the translation reserve.

1.5  Classification of financial instruments issued by the Group
The Group has adopted IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’. The standard specifies how an entity should classify and measure financial 
assets including some hybrid contracts. Financial assets are to be classified on principle-based requirements dependent on the assets 
contractual cash flow characteristics and the Group business model for managing those assets. 

The standard also introduces an impairment model that is to be applied to debt instruments measured at amortised cost or fair value 
through other comprehensive income, as well as trade receivables and contract assets. Under the model, expected credit losses are to 

72

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
1  Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies (continued)
1.5  Classification of financial instruments issued by the Group (continued)

be recognised against financial assets. Expected credit losses have been calculated for the next 12 months in relation to debt securities 
and over the life time of trade and other receivables in line with the general approach provided within the standard. The Group have 
based the assessment of the expected credit losses on a number of factors including the credit risk of the asset upon initial recognition 
as well as observed actual losses against classes of financial assets and specific client and industry knowledge held by fee earners.

Financial instruments issued by the Group are treated as equity only to the extent that they meet the following two conditions: 

(a)  they include no contractual obligations upon the Group to deliver cash or other financial assets or to exchange financial assets or 

financial liabilities with another party under conditions that are potentially unfavourable to the Group; and 

(b)  where the instrument will or may be settled in the Company’s own equity instruments, it is either a non-derivative that includes 
no obligation to deliver a variable number of the Company’s own equity instruments or is a derivative that will be settled by the 
company’s exchanging a fixed amount of cash or other financial assets for a fixed number of its own equity instruments.

(c)  To the extent that this definition is not met, the financial instruments (including members’ capital) are classified as a financial 

liability. Profit distributions relating to equity instruments are debited direct to equity 

1.6  Non derivative financial instruments

Financial Assets
The Group’s financial assets include cash and cash equivalents and trade and other receivables. All financial assets are recognised when 
the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

i) 

ii) 

iii) 

iv) 

Investments
Other investments in debt and equity securities held by the Group that were previously classified as being available-for-sale and 
are stated at fair value under , have been classified as equity investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive 
income under IFRS 9.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables (except unbilled amounts for client work) are initially recognised at their transaction value and 
carried at amortised cost under IFRS 9.

In line with IFRS 9, the Group recognises as disclosed in note 20 and 21 any expected credit loss against trade receivables in 
order to recognise the inherent risk that the Group may not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms 
of the receivable. The amount of the provision recorded is based on a broad range of information including past events, 
current conditions and forecasts of the future cash flows of the asset and is recognised in the statement of profit and loss in 
other operating expenses.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits held at call with banks. For the purpose of the consolidated cash 
flow statement, cash and cash equivalents includes bank overdrafts in addition to the definition above.

Treasury shares
The Group operates an Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) under which ordinary shares have been issued and are held by the EBT.  
These are treated as treasury shares and are added to the Treasury Share Reserve.

Financial Liabilities 
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. An 
equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all its liabilities.

The Group’s financial liabilities comprise trade and other payables, borrowings, contingent consideration, members’ capital and 
amounts due to members. All financial liabilities are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method with the exception of contingent consideration that is measured at fair value through profit or loss.

i) 

Bank borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration received net of issue costs associated with 

73

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes (continued)
1  Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies (continued)
1.6  Non derivative financial instrument (continued)

the borrowing. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction 
costs) and the redemption value is recognised in the statement of profit and loss over the period of the borrowings using the 
effective interest method.

Financial expenses comprise interest expense on borrowings.

ii) 

Trade and other payables
Trade payables are initially measured at fair value, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest 
rate method.

The Group completed a number of complimentary acquisitions in the year, as a result of these the Group now holds various 
loans from former Partners or members of the acquired businesses. These loans are measured and held at fair value. 

iii) 

Contingent consideration
Contingent consideration is initially recognised and carried at the fair value. Any interest payable on the balance is reflected in 
the value of the liability and charged monthly to the Statement of profit and loss as it arises.

1.7  Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment charges.

Where parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items of 
property, plant and equipment.

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of property, plant and equipment less the estimated residual value on a straight-line basis 
over the expected useful economic life of the assets concerned. Estimated residual values are revised annually.

The useful lives over which these assets are depreciated are:

Leasehold improvements 
Equipment 
Fixtures and fittings 
Right-of-use assets 

over the term of the lease
33.3% straight line
20% straight line
Useful life of the lease (between 1 and 10 years)

1.8  Leases
The Group leases offices, equipment and vehicles. Rental contracts are for periods of between 1 and 10 years. Lease terms are 
negotiated on a lease by lease basis and contain a variety of terms and conditions.

The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease at inception of the contract. The Group recognises a right-of-use asset 
and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short term leases (defined 
as leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low value assets (being those assets with a value less than £5,000). For 
short term and low value leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight line basis over the term 
of the lease. 

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of 
the following lease payments:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable;

variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate;

amounts expected to be payable by the Group under residual value guarantees;

the exercise price of a purchase option if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise that option; and

payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term assumed reflects the Group exercising that option.

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be determined, the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the Group would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset 
of similar value in a similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions.

The lease liability is presented as a separate line in the consolidated statement of financial position.
74

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes (continued)
1  Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies (continued)
1.8  Leases  (continued)

Right-of-use assets are recognised at commencement of the lease and initially measured at the amount of the lease liability, plus any 
incremental costs of obtaining the lease and any lease payments made at or before the leased asset is available for use by the Group.

 Subsequent to initial recognition, the lease liability is reduced for payments made and increased to reflect interest on the lease liability 
(using the effective interest method). The related right-of-use asset is depreciated over the term of the lease or, if shorter, the useful 
economic life of the leased asset. The lease term shall include the period of an extension option where it is reasonably certain that the 
option will be exercised. Interest on the lease liability is recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use asset) whenever:

• 

• 

• 

the lease term has changed or there is a significant change in the assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case the 
lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate;

the lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed residual value, 
in which cases the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using the initial discount rate (unless the 
lease payments change is due to a change in a floating interest rate, in which case a revised discount rate is used);

a lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the lease liability is 
remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

•  The Group did not make any such adjustments during the periods presented.

1.9  Business combinations
Subject to the transitional relief in IFRS 1, all business combinations are accounted for by applying the acquisition method. Business 
combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method as at the acquisition date, which is the date on which control is 
transferred to the Group. 

Acquisitions on or after 1 January 2010 

For acquisitions on or after 1 January 2010, the Group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as:
• 
• 
• 
• 

the fair value of the consideration transferred; plus 
the recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree; plus
the fair value of the existing equity interest in the acquiree; less
the net recognised amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. 

When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase gain is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Costs related to the acquisition, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, are expensed as incurred.

Any contingent consideration payable is recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. If the contingent consideration is classified 
as equity, it is not re-measured and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes to the fair value of the 
contingent consideration are recognised in profit or loss.

On a transaction-by-transaction basis, the Group elects to measure non-controlling interests, which have both present ownership 
interests and are entitled to a proportionate share of net assets of the acquiree in the event of liquidation, either at its fair value or at 
its proportionate interest in the recognised amount of the identifiable net assets of the acquiree at the acquisition date. All other non-
controlling interests are measured at their fair value at the acquisition date. 

1.10   Intangible assets and goodwill
Goodwill
Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units and is not amortised 
but is tested annually for impairment. In respect of equity accounted investees, the carrying amount of goodwill is included in the 
carrying amount of the investment in the investee.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets, including software licences, expenditure on internally generated goodwill, brands and software, customer 
contracts and relationships are capitalised at cost and amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic lives 
through operating expenses.

75

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
1  Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies (continued)
1.10   Intangible assets and goodwill (continued)

Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment 
losses.

Customer lists 
Customer lists that are acquired by the Group as part of a business combination are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation 
and impairment losses (see accounting policy ‘Impairment of assets’). Cost reflects management’s judgement of the fair value of the 
individual intangible asset calculated by reference to the net present value of future benefits accruing to the Group from the utilisation 
of the asset, discounted at an appropriate discount rate.

Brand value
Certain acquisitions have retained their trading name due to the value of the brand in their specific market place.
Brand value is amortised over a period of three or five years based on the Directors assessment of the future life of the brand, 
supported by trading history.

it is technically feasible to complete the software product so that it will be available for use;

Internally generated IT software
Costs associated with maintaining computer software programs are recognised as an expense when incurred. Development costs that 
are directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group are recognised 
as intangible assets where the following criteria are met:
• 
•  management intends to complete the software product and use or sell it;
• 
• 
• 

there is an ability to sell or use the software product;
it can be demonstrated how the software product will generate probable future economic benefits;
adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell software product are available; 
and
the expenditure attributable to the software product during its development can be reliably measured.

• 

Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognised as an expense as incurred. Development costs 
previously recognised as an expense are not recognised as an asset in a subsequent period.

Computer software development costs recognised as assets are amortised over their estimated useful lives, which does not exceed five 
years. Computer software under development is not amortised. Amortisation starts from the date on which the software is available for 
use. If a decision is made to halt development then the cost is immediately expensed.

Amortisation 
Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets unless such 
lives are indefinite. Intangible assets with an indefinite useful life and goodwill are systematically tested for impairment at each statement 
of financial position date. Other intangible assets are amortised from the date they are available for use. The estimated useful lives are 
as follows:

Customer lists  
Computer software 

3 years
3 years

Investment property

1.11  
Investment properties are properties which are held either to earn rental income or for capital appreciation or for both.  Investment 
properties are stated at fair value.  Any gain or loss arising from a change in fair value is recognised in profit or loss.

1.12   Impairment excluding investment properties 

Financial assets (including receivables)
A financial asset not carried at fair value through profit or loss is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether it is impaired. 
Management assess impairment of financial assets based on a broad range of information, including past events, current conditions and 
forecasts of the future cash flows of the asset that can be estimated reliably.

Interest on the impaired asset continues to be recognised through the unwinding of the discount. When a subsequent event causes the 
76

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes (continued)
1  Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies (continued)
1.12   Impairment excluding investment properties   (continued)

amount of impairment loss to decrease, the decrease in impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss.

Under IFRS 9 the Group recognises expected credit losses (ECL’s) on receivables through application of the simplified method. The 
ECL’s are determined using historic credit loss experience adjusted for forward-looking factors and specific provisions based on 
management knowledge and expertise. Whilst the longevity and impact of the COVID 19 pandemic is unknown, management have 
considered the potential defaults on receivables as a result and reflected these in the ECL’s calculated. 

Intangibles and property, plant and equipment
The carrying amount of the Group’s assets including property, plant and equipment and intangibles other than goodwill is reviewed at 
each year end date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment.  If any such indication exists, the asset’s recoverable 
amount is estimated.

An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount.  
Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss.  Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset 
(or cash-generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount 
does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset (or cash-
generating unit) in prior years.  A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss where it relates to an amount charged to 
profit or loss. 

Goodwill
Goodwill is capitalised as an intangible asset and is not amortised but tested for impairment annually and when there are any indications 
that its carrying value is not recoverable. As such, goodwill is stated at cost less any provision for impairment in value. For impairment 
testing purposes, goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units. If a subsidiary undertaking is subsequently sold, goodwill arising on 
acquisition is taken into account in determining the profit or loss on sale.

1.13   Employee benefits

Defined contribution plans
A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which the company pays fixed contributions into a separate entity 
and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension 
plans are recognised as an expense in the statement of profit and loss in the periods during which services are rendered by employees.

Short-term benefits
Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is provided. 
A liability is recognised for the amount expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus or profit-sharing plans if the Group has a 
present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can 
be estimated reliably.

Share-based payment transactions
The Group operates an equity settled share based compensation plans.

The grant date fair value of share-based payment awards made to employees is recognised as an employee expense, with a 
corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the employees become unconditionally entitled to the awards. The fair value of 
the options granted is measured using an option valuation model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options 
were granted. 

The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of awards for which the related service and non-market 
vesting conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognised as an expense is based on the number of awards 
that meet the related service and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date, measured at the grant date fair value of the 
award.

At each reporting date, the Group revises its estimates of the number of share incentives which are expected to vest. The impact of the 
revision of original estimates is recognised in the income statement with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

77

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
1  Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies (continued)

1.14   Own shares held by EBT trust (treasury reserve)

Transactions of the group-sponsored EBT trust are included in the Group financial statements. In particular, the trust’s purchases and 
sales of shares in the Company are recognised directly within equity.

1.15   Professional indemnity provisions

A provision is recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, that can be reliably 
measured and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.  Where material, the impact 
of the time value of money is taken into account by discounting the expected future cash flow at a pre-tax rate, which reflects risks 
specific to the liability.

Insurance cover is maintained in respect of professional negligence claims.  This cover is principally written through insurance 
companies with coverage of up to £150 million for each claim.  Premiums are expensed as they fall due with prepayments or accruals 
being recognised accordingly.  Expected reimbursements are recognised once they become receivable.  The liability and the associated 
reimbursement asset are shown separately in the financial statements.  Where outflow of resources is considered probably and reliable 
estimates can be made, provision is made for the cost (including related legal costs) of settling professional negligence claims brought 
against the Group by third parties and disciplinary proceedings brought by regulatory authorities. Amounts provided for are based on 
management’s assessment of the specific circumstances in each case.  No separate disclosure is made of the detail of such claims and 
proceedings, as to do so could seriously prejudice the position of the Group. In the event the insurance companies cannot settle the full 
liability, the liability will revert to the Group.

1.16   Revenue recognition
IFRS 15 Revenue from contracts with customers

Under the standard, revenue is recognised either over time or at a point in time. The model uses a contract based five-step analysis of 
transactions to determine when, and how much, revenue is recognised; this includes the matching of stand-alone process for services 
provided to the satisfaction of performance obligations. 

The Group considers that there are two contract types in issue in the performance of the Group’s professional services, being non-
contingent and contingent contracts. Non-contingent work is typically recognised over the duration of the contract in line with the 
number of hours charged to the engagement at a pre-established rate. Under IFRS 15 the hours worked on these engagements are 
considered to be the satisfaction of the performance obligation, therefore where collection of revenue is considered probable, it is 
recognised in line with the hours performed. Contingent work is typically recognised at a point in time, once the pre-agreed stages of 
the contract performance are reached or concluded as a result of an event linked to each work type performance. In line with IFRS 15 
the Group recognises revenue on these contracts at a point in time once the uncertainty over the contingent event has been satisfied 
as this is the point at which the performance obligation is considered to have been met. The standard requires both contract assets and 
liabilities being recognised. Whilst IFRS 15 requires that when an entity has an unconditional right to consideration then at this point 
the contract asset would become a trade receivable regardless of whether a bill has been issued. However, the Group does not consider 
the right to be unconditional until the point of billing at which point the fee amount has been agreed and confirmed with the customer. 
Therefore, these unbilled amounts are recognised as contract assets as opposed to trade receivables. The Group have also recognised 
a contract liability under the standard that represents the amount of income that has been invoiced in advance of the service being 
performed.

Recoverable expenses and disbursements represent charges from other professional service firms, sub-contractors and out of pocket 
expenses incurred in respect of assignments and expected to be recovered from clients.

Rental income, generated through the subletting of office space, is recognised in line with IFRS 16, on a straight line basis over the lease 
term.

Other income includes the recognition of government supported income from its Coronavirus Job Retention scheme.  Income is 
recognised in the same period as the corresponding employee costs.

1.17   Short term and low value lease payments

Payments made on short term and low value leases are recognised in the statement of profit and loss on a straight-line basis over the 
term of the lease in prior year comparatives and where current year leases meet the short-term lease criteria under IFRS 16.
78

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
1  Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies (continued)
1.18   Financial income and expenses (continued)

1.18   Financial income and expenses

Financial expenses comprise interest payable and exchange losses that are recognised in the statement of profit and loss. Financial 
income comprises interest receivable on funds invested and exchange gains.

Interest income and interest payable is recognised in profit or loss as it accrues, using the effective interest method.

1.19   Taxation

Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent 
that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year, using tax rates and laws enacted or 
substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting 
purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences are not provided for: the initial recognition 
of goodwill; the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit other than in a business 
combination, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable 
future. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of 
assets and liabilities, using tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the 
temporary difference can be utilised.

1.20   Non-underlying and exceptional items

Non-underlying items are non-trading and or non-cash items disclosed separately in the Consolidated Income Statement where the 
quantum, nature or volatility of such items would otherwise distort the underlying trading performance of the Group. The following are 
included by the Group in its assessment of non-underlying items:
• 

Share based payment charges: such charges are treated as non-underlying as the gain realised on the options granted is settled in 
shares not cash and therefore does not impact the income statement. The IFRS 2 charge is taken to the income statement, these 
expenses are treated as non-underlying items as they are either non-cash or non-recurring in nature. 

•  Amortisation in respect of intangible fixed assets: these costs are treated and non-underlying as they are non-cash items.
•  The tax effect of the above is also included if considered significant.

1.21   Exceptional items 
Exceptional items are one off transactions, unrelated to the underlying trading performance of the Group disclosed separately in the 
Consolidated Income Statement where the quantum, nature or volatility of such items would otherwise distort the underlying trading 
performance of the Group.

The following are included by the Group in its assessment of exceptional items:

•  Gains or losses arising on disposal, closure, restructuring or reorganisation of businesses that do not meet the definition of 

discontinued operations.

• 

Impairment charges in respect of intangible fixed assets: these costs are treated as exceptional due to their one off nature.

•  Non-typical expenses associated with acquisitions.

•  Costs incurred as part of significant refinancing activities.

The tax effect of the above is also included if considered significant.

Details in respect of the non-underlying items recognised in the current and prior year are set out in note 7 to the Financial Statements.

1.22   Ordinary dividends

Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which they are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

79

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)

2  Accounting developments

New and amended IFRS that are effective for the current year

In the year, the Group adopted one new IFRS, issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) that is effective for an 
annual period that begins on or after 1 January 2019 (and has been endorsed for use within the EU). IFRS 16 replaces IAS 17 ‘leases’.

IFRS 16 leases 
The Group leases offices, equipment and vehicles. Rental contracts are for periods of between 1 and 10 years. Lease terms are 
negotiated on a lease by lease basis and contain a variety of terms and conditions.

The main change on application of IFRS 16 is the accounting for ‘operating leases’ where rentals payable (as adjusted for lease 
incentives) were previously expensed under IAS 17 on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Under IFRS 16 a right-of-use asset and a lease liability are recognised for all leases except ‘low-value’ (where the value of the leased 
asset is below £5,000) and ‘short’ term leases (where the lease term is 12 months or less) where lease payments are recognised on a 
straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Group has applied IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective approach to all leases recognising the cumulative effect against opening 
reserves at 1 May 2019.  Therefore the comparative figures are as previously reported under IAS 17.  The Group has applied this 
approach subject to the transition provisions as set out below:

• 
• 

• 
• 

the use of a single discount rate for a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics
reliance on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous at 1 May 2019 and reducing the right-of-use asset value by that 
amount;
initial direct costs have been excluded from the measurement of the right-of-use asset; and
the use of hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease.

On the Statement of Financial Position, a new category of fixed asset (right-of-use) has been created to recognise the value of right-of-
use assets, whilst the full liability of leases has been recognised within both current and non-current liabilities. Over the life of the leases, 
the right-of-use asset will be depreciated and interest will be charged on the liability; these charges will replace the cost of operating 
leases which has previously been charged as part of administrative expenses. On the Statement of Cash Flows, payments of leases are 
treated as financing activities; these payments previously formed part of operating cash flow.

The Group has also elected not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains a lease at the date of initial application. Instead, for 
contracts entered into before the transition date the Group relied on its assessment made applying IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 Determining 
whether an Arrangement contains a Lease.

In respect of IFRS16 leases, each lease is considered as a single transaction in which the asset and liability are linked so that there is 
no net temporary difference at inception and subsequently deferred tax is recognised on the net temporary difference arising on 
settlement of the liability and the amortisation of the right of use asset.

Operating leases under IAS 17, except ‘low value’ and ‘short-term’ leases
The lease liability is measured and the present value of the remaining lease payments at 1 May 2019, discounted at the lessee’s 
incremental borrowing rate at that date.

The right-of-use asset is either
•  measured as if IFRS 16 had been applied from commencement of the lease, but using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate at 1 

May 2019 to discount future payments; or

•  measured at the amount of the lease liability recognised in accordance with the measurement set out above, adjusted for accrued 

or prepaid operating lease payments at 1 May 2019.

This measurement has been made on a ‘lease by lease’ basis.

80

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
Notes (continued)
2  Accounting developments (continued)

‘Low value’ leases
When the value of an underlying asset (if new) at 1 May 2019 is £5,000 or less, the Group has continued to recognise the lease 
payments associated with those leases on a straight line basis over the lease term.

‘Short term’ leases
Where the lease ends before 30 April 2020, the Group has continued to recognise the lease payments associated with those leases on a 
straight line basis over the lease term

The impact of IFRS 16 is detailed further in note 30.

The following accounting policies were applied to leases in the year ended 30 April 2019:
Where assets are financed by leasing agreements that give rights approximating to ownership (“finance leases”), the assets are treated 
as if they had been purchased outright.  The amount capitalised is the present value of the minimum lease payments payable during the 
lease term.  The corresponding leasing commitments are shown as obligations to the lessor.

Lease payments are treated as consisting of capital and interest elements, and the interest is charged to the statement of profit and loss 
in proportion to the remaining balance outstanding.

All other leases are “operating leases” and the annual rentals are charged to the statement of profit and loss on a straight line basis over 
the lease term.

During the year ended 30 April 2019, operating lease rentals of £3,429,000 were charged to other operating charges.

New and revised IFRS in issue but not yet effective

At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards 
have been published by the IASB but are not yet effective and have not been applied early to the Group: 

Revised IFRS 
IFRS 3 

Business Combinations 

Effective date
1 January 2020

The directors do not expect that the adoption of the Standards listed above will have a material impact on the financial statements of 
the Group in future periods.

3  Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

The preparation of consolidated financial statements under IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions which 
affect the reported amount of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities.  If in the future such 
estimates and assumptions, which are based on Management’s best judgement at the date of preparation of the financial statements, 
deviate from actual circumstances, the original estimates and assumptions will be modified as appropriate in the period in which the 
circumstances change.  The key areas where a higher degree of judgement or complexity arises, or where estimates and assumptions 
are significant to the consolidated financial statements are discussed below.  

Management does not consider there to have been and critical accounting judgements made in the financial year.

Estimates
Impairment assessment of trade receivables (note 21) and unbilled revenue (note 20)

The carrying amount of trade receivables on client assignment is held at selling price less lifetime estimated credit losses (ECLs). The 
inclusions of the ECLs contributes to reducing the risk relating to the amounts of debts that are recoverable or not recoverable.
ECLs have been estimated based on historic credit losses within each operating segment for each ageing bracket. These credit losses 
calculated have then been adjusted where appropriate for the inclusion of management and legal professional judgement to account for 
any forward looking information on specific clients. 

81

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
  
 
 
 
Notes (continued)
3  Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty (continued)

Management have performed sensitivity analysis over the ECL and specific provision applied to trade receivables:

+1% increase in specific provision in ECL
-1% decrease in specific provision movement in ECL

Increase/(decrease) in value of trade receivables
£’000
(379)
379

Management believe the overall provision held against trade receivables is prudent and therefore any increase in rate to be unlikely. 

Management have also applied the same expectation of credit losses for trade receivables to contract assets to assess the recoverability 
of unbilled revenue recognised in the consolidated accounts

Management  have performed sensitivity analysis on the expectation of recoverability applied to the contract assets balance:

+1% increase in ECL rate
-1% decrease in ECL rate

Increase/(decrease) in value of contract as-sets
£’000

120
(120)

Management believe that the provision in place is sufficiently prudent and therefore any increase in the rate applied is unlikely.

Unbilled revenue on client assignments (note 20)
The valuation of unbilled revenue involves detailed understanding of contractual terms with clients, and affects the amount of revenue 
recognised.  The valuation is based on an estimate of the amount expected to be recoverable from clients on unbilled items based on 
such factors as time spent, the expertise and skills provided and the stage of completion of the assignment. The principal uncertainty 
over this estimation is a result of the amounts not yet being billed to, or recognised by the client.  The extent of such uncertainty is 
increased on contingent engagements as there is no certainty that the amount will be recoverable at all until the contingent event is 
satisfied. Management look to reduce this level of uncertainty by conducting comprehensive risk assessments over each engagement 
undertaken to minimise the overall risk held by the Group. Provision is made for such factors as historical recoverability rates, 
contingencies, agreements with clients, external expert’s opinion and the potential credit risks, following interactions between legal 
staff, finance and clients.  In assessing whether unbilled time is recognised as unbilled revenue, management are required to make 
estimates in determining the point at which the contingency is resolved and when the fair value of consideration can be measured 
reliability.  Where a case is contingent at the statement of financial position date, no revenue is recognised.  Where entitlement to 
income is certain it is recognised at selling price.

Valuation of intangibles (note 16)
Measurement of intangible assets relating to acquisitions:  In attributing value to intangible assets arising on acquisition, management 
has made certain assumptions in terms of cash flows attributable to intellectual property and customer relationships. The key 
assumptions made relate to the valuation of the brand, where the acquired brand is retained by the entity, and the customer list. 
The value of such intangibles has been estimated based on the amount of revenue expected to be generated by them. The revenue 
estimations rely on annual growth rates. Management have selected the appropriate rates based on a combination of observed 
historical growth, industry norms and forecasted influencing factors. Management have also performed sensitivity analysis to assess the 
impact of any variation to the growth rate used, see note 16. The rates applied reflect previous growth rates, with sensitivities indicating 
that variations in the actual rate achieved are unlikely to materially impact the valuation of the intangible assets.

Impairment of goodwill (note 16)
Goodwill is separately disclosed as an intangible asset and is not amortised but tested for impairment annually and when there are any 
indications that its carrying value is not recoverable. As such, goodwill is stated at cost less any provision for impairment in value. For 
impairment testing purposes, goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (‘CGUs’).  The value of goodwill is assessed at each year end 
to ensure that the carrying value in each CGU is still reflective of the underlying values calculated on day one. The assessment of any 
impairment requires significant judgement from management in estimating future performance and any associated impairment. 
82

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)

4  Revenue and operating segments

The Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) is the Strategic Board. The Group have the following five strategic divisions, which are 
its reportable segments.  These divisions offer a mixture of legal and consultancy services to clients.  With effect from 1 May 2020 all 
service lines are managed through two separately reporting lines renamed Gateley Legal and Gateley Consultancy.

The following summary describes the operations of each reportable segment as reported up to 30 April 2020 and also the new service 
lines:

Reportable segment

Banking and financial services

Corporate

Business services

Legal service lines 
(Gateley Legal)
Asset Finance
Banking
Restructuring
Corporate
Private client/Family
Taxation
Commercial
Commercial Dispute Resolution/Litigation
Shipping
Gateley Tweed (reputation, media and 
privacy law)

Employment, Pensions and Benefits

Employment
Pensions

Property

Real Estate
Residential Development
Construction
Planning

Consultancy service lines
(Gateley Consultancy)

Gateley Vinden

International Investment Services

Gateley Vinden

Entrust
Kiddy & Partners
International Investment Services
t-three

Gateley Capitus
Gateley Hamer/Persona
Gateley Vinden

The revenue and operating profit are attributable to the principal activities of the Group.  A geographical analysis of revenue is given 
below:

United Kingdom
Europe
Middle East
North and South America
Asia
Other

2020
£’000

104,911
2,748
454
533
289
903
109,838

2019
£’000

95,319
3,351
547
3,457
206
591
103,471

The Group has no individual customers that represent more than 10% of revenue in either the 2020 or 2019 financial year. The Group’s 
assets and costs are predominately located in the UK save for those assets and costs located in the United Arab Emirates (UAE) via its 
Dubai subsidiary.  Net liabilities of £0.04m (2019: Net assets of £0.2m) are located in the Group’s Dubai subsidiary.  Revenue generated 
by the Group’s Dubai subsidiary to customers in the UAE totalled £0.5m (2019: £0.7m) as disclosed above as due from the customers 
in the Middle East.

83

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
4  Revenue and operating segments (continued)

2020

Banking 
and
Financial
 Services

Corporate

Business
Services

Employee
Pensions 
and
Benefits

Property

Total
segments

Other 
expense
and 
movement
in unbilled 
revenue

Total

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

 £’000

£’000

6,495

6,956

3,628

1,611

15,699

34,389

579

34,968

10,206

12,845

8,927

12,020

29,372

73,370

1,500

74,870

16,701

19,801

12,555

13,631

45,071

107,759

2,079

109,838

6,538

7,616

4,992

4,876

21,317

45,339

2,079

47,418

665
138
(7,523)

(5,913)

(17,361)

(821)

(1,104)
(743)

14,756

Segment revenue from 
services transferred at a 
point in time
Segment revenue from 
services transferred over 
time
Total Segment revenue

Segment contribution 
(as reported internally)
Costs not allocated to 
segments:
  Other operating income
  Investment income 
  Personnel costs
  Depreciation and 
amortisation
  Other operating 
expenses
Share based payment 
charges
Exceptional costs 
Net financial expense
Profit for the financial 
year before taxation

84

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
4  Revenue and operating segments (continued)

2019

Banking 
and
Financial
 Services

Corporate

Business
Services

Employee
Pensions 
and
Benefits

Property

Total
segments

Other 
expense
and 
movement
in unbilled 
revenue

Total

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

 £’000

£’000

7,704

5,638

4,461

498

12,946

31,247

1,079

32,326

9,275

11,274

8,975

10,594

30,479

70,597

548

71,145

16,979

16,912

13,436

11,092

43,425

101,844

1,627

103,471

6,447

4,994

5,987

3,994

19,810

41,232

1,627

42,859

313
(7,006)

(2,528)

(17,052)

(655)

(61)
75

15,945

Segment revenue from 
services transferred at a 
point in time
Segment revenue from 
services transferred over 
time 
Total segmental revenue

Segment contribution 
(as reported internally)
Costs not allocated to 
segments:
  Other operating income
  Personnel costs
  Depreciation and 
amortisation
  Other operating 
expenses
Share based payment 
charge 
Exceptional costs 
Net financial expense
Profit for the financial 
year before taxation

Group entities may be engaged on a contingent basis; in such cases the Group consider the satisfaction of the contingent event as the 
sole performance obligation within the contract. Fees are only billed once the contingent event has been satisfied. The initial financing 
of these engagements types is met by the Group. Due to the nature and timing of the billing, such engagements influence the contract 
asset balance held in the balance sheet at year end. In the majority of cases the contingent event is expected to be concluded within one 
year of the engagement date. The Group operates standard payment terms of 30 days. £12.7 million of the current period revenue is 
derived from services satisfied, in part, in the previous period.

Services transferred over time 
For non-contingent engagements, fee earners hourly rates are determined at the point of engagement with all hours attributed to the 
engagement fully and accurately recorded. The recorded hours are then translated into fees to be billed and invoiced on a monthly 
basis. The Group typically operates on 30 days credit terms, in line with IFRS 15 the performance obligations are fulfilled over time with 
revenue being recognised in line with the hours worked. 

Contract assets
Under IFRS 15 the Group recognises any goods or services transferred to the customer before the customer pays consideration, or 
before payment is due, as a contract asset . These assets differ from accounts receivables. Accounts receivable are the amounts that 

85

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
4  Revenue and operating segments (continued)

have been billed to the client and the revenue recognised, whereas these contract assets are amounts of work in progress where work 
has been performed, yet the amounts have not yet been billed to the client. Due to the nature of the services delivered by the Group 
the significant component of the cost of delivery is staff costs. As a result, there is little to no judgement exercised in determining the 
costs incurred as they are driven by the time recorded by fee earners.  Contract assets are subject to impairment under IFRS 9.
No other financial information has been disclosed as it is not provided to the CODM on a regular basis.

Contract Liabilities
Under IFRS 15 the Group is required to recognise contract liabilities based on those amounts recognised against contracts for which 
the satisfaction of performance obligations has not yet been met. These liabilities relate to the deferred income recognised within Kiddy 
& Partners and t-three Consulting Limited as a result of their billing structure. The amounts recognised reflect the agreed cost of the 
services to be performed and are realised in line with the ongoing cost of delivery. Due to the nature of the services provided, the main 
component of this cost of delivery is staff costs, as a result there is little to no judgement exercised in determining the value of the 
liability held at year end. 

Practical expedients under IFRS 15
Under IFRS 15 companies are required to disclose the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to the performance 
obligations that are unsatisfied at the end of the reporting period. However, only a small proportion of revenue contracts in issuance are 
for fixed amounts, rather the company has a right to consideration from the customer in an amount that corresponds directly with the 
value to the customer of the business’ performance completed to date. Therefore, the Group considers it impractical to estimate the 
potential value of unsatisfied performance obligations and has elected to apply the practical expedient available under IFRS 15.

5 

Other operating income

Rental and service charge income

COVID 19 Job retention scheme income

Exchange gain

Cash incentives – Bank account switching income

6 

Investment income

Income from sale of investment – Business Collaborator Limited

86

2020

£’000

216

416

17

16

665

2020

£’000

138

2019

£’000

313

-

-

-

313

2019

£’000

-

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)

7 

Expenses and auditor’s remuneration

Included in operating profit are the following:

Depreciation on tangible assets

Depreciation on right-of-use asset

Short term and low value lease payments 

Operating lease costs on property

Other operating income – rent received

Foreign exchange losses

Profit on sale of fixed assets

Non-underlying items

Amortisation of intangible assets (see notes 16 and 18)

Share based payment charges – Gateley Plc

Share based payment charges – Kiddy & Partners

Exceptional items

Acquisition costs

Impairment of software development costs

Total non-underlying and exceptional items

2020

£’000

1,083

3,455

84

-

(216)

(29)

-

2020

£’000

1,375

821

534

2019

£’000

1,122

-

116

3,313

(258)

25

(3)

2019

£’000

1,406

655

-

2,730

2,061

107

463

570

61

-

61

3,300

2,122

Acquisition costs represent professional fees in respect of the acquisition of t-three Consulting Limited and The Vinden Partnership 
Limited (2019: GCL Solicitors LLP).

Share based payment charges in Gateley Plc represent charges in accordance with IFRS 2 in respect of unexercised SAYE, CSOP, SARS 
and LTIP schemes (See note 9). 

Share based payment charges in Kiddy & Partners represent bonuses awarded to staff based on profit related performance conditions 
settled 50% in cash and 50% in shares are the prevailing market value at the time of issue (See note 8 and 9) 

Impairment of software development costs relates to internally generated costs capitalised in previous years, released due to the 
cessation of the related IT project to install a new practice management system. (See note 18)

87

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
7  Expenses and auditor’s remuneration (continued)

Auditor’s remuneration

Fees payable to the Companies auditors in respect of audit services:

Audit of these financial statements

Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries of the Company

Amounts receivable by the Company’s auditor and its associates in respect of:

Other assurance services

Tax advisory services

Tax compliance services

8 

Personnel costs

The average number of persons employed by the Group during the year, analysed by category, was as follows:

Legal and professional staff

Administrative staff

The aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs

Non-underlying items (see note 7)

Share based payment expense – Gateley Plc

Share based payment expense – Kiddy and Partners

2020

£’000

2019

£’000

143

15

158

33

7

45

85

68

22

90

33

-

11

44

Numbers of employees

2020

2019

706

341

1,047

2020

£’000

55,696

6,280

1,555

610

297

907

2019

£’000

54,341

7,289

1,127

63,531

62,757

821

534

655

-

64,886

63,412

Details of the Directors’ remuneration and share interests are given in the Summary of Directors’ remuneration for the year within the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 33.

88

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)

9 

Share based payments

Group
At the year end the Group has four share based payment scheme in existence.

Save As You Earn scheme (‘SAYE’)
The Group operates a HMRC approved SAYE scheme for all staff.  Options under this scheme will vest if the participant remains 
employed for the agreed vesting period of three years.  Upon vesting, each option allows the holder to purchase the allocated ordinary 
shares at a discount of 20% of the market price determined at the grant date.

During the year 844,695 SAYE 16/17 options vested out of a potential 853,598 new shares issued via a block listing in order to fully 
satisfy all possible options. 853,598 new 10p shares with a nominal value of £85,360 where issued on 1 October 2019.  The accrued 
IFRS2 charge of £243,984 has been released against other reserves.

Company Share Option Plan (‘CSOP’)
The Group operates an HMRC approved CSOP scheme for associates, senior associates, legal directors, equivalent positions in Gateley 
Group subsidiary companies and senior management positions in our support teams.  Options under this scheme will vest if the 
participant remains employed for the agreed vesting period of three years.  Upon vesting, each option allows the holder to purchase the 
allocated ordinary shares at the price on the date of grant.

During the year 711,163 CSOP 16/17 options became exercisable.  588,504 options were exercised by 30/4/2020 leaving 122,659 
options still to exercised. New shares were created in order to fully satisfy all exercisable options. 711,163 new 10p shares with a 
nominal value of £71,116 where issued on 6 February 2020.  The accrued IFRS2 charge of £122,095 has been released against other 
reserves.

Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)
The Group has introduced during the year an LTIP for the benefit of Executive Directors and Senior management.  Awards under the 
LTIP may be in the form of an option granted to the participant to receive ordinary shares on exercise dependent upon the achievement 
of profit related performance conditions.

Performance conditions
Options granted under the LTIP are only exercisable subject to the satisfaction of the following performance conditions which will 
determine the proportion of the option that will vest at the end of the three-year performance period.  The awards will be subject to an 
adjusted fully diluted earnings per share performance measure as described in the table below:

Adjusted, fully diluted earnings per Share Compound Annual 
Growth Rate (CAGR) over the three year period ending 30 April 
2023
Below 5%
5%
Between 5% and 10%
Above 10%

Amount Vesting %

0%
25%
Straight line vesting
100%

The options will generally be exercisable after approval of the financial statements during the year of exercise. The performance period 
for any future awards under the LTIP will be a three-year period from the date of grant.  Vested and unvested LTIP awards are subject to 
a formal malus and clawback mechanism.

Grant of equity share options under the LTIP
Certain senior employees and executive directors were initially granted options on 24 February 2020 based on performance conditions 
commencing on 1 May 2019.  These options were cancelled on 17 July 2020 as a result of the impact of COVID-19 on the achievement 
of those performance conditions.  The fair value of the cancelled options is deemed to be nil as a result of the impact of COVID-19 on 
the Group.  The Committee has subsequently reassessed the use of this incentive scheme and granted new options on the 22 July 2020 

89

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
9 

Share based payments (continued)

based on performance conditions commencing a year on 1 May 2020.  The number of options granted were allocated to the same 
employees in the same proportions as the February issue however approximately 28% more awards were issued to those employees 
so as to enhance the incentivisation of these awards during the difficult and challenging economic conditions encountered due to the 
impact of COVID-19.

Stock Appreciation Rights Scheme (‘SARS’)
The SARS is a discretionary executive reward plan which allows the Group to grant conditional share awards or nil cost options to 
selected executives at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. 

The awards vest after a three year performance period. On exercise, participants will receive an award of shares equal to the growth 
in value of the option between the date of grant and the date of exercise in excess of the hurdle rate calculated by reference to the 
number of reference options granted to each option holder.  The hurdle rate is currently set at 115.765% of the market value of the 
underlying shares on the date of the grant. 

No awards were granted under the SAR Scheme during the year ended 30 April 2020 or 30 April 2019.

During the year 10,225,000 SARS 16/17 options (2019: 6,650,000 SARS 15/16 options) vested resulting in the issue of 1,623,648 
(2019: 2,425,024) new 10p shares with a nominal value of £162,365 (2019: £242,502) issued on 8 October 2019 (2019: 17 July 
2018).  The accrued IFRS2 charge of £847,770 (2019: 325,000) has been released against other reserves.

The resultant number of shares granted from the exercise of SARS are detailed below:

Reference 
shares in issue 
at exercise 
date
Number

6,650,000

10,225,000

Price at grant 
date including 
hurdle

Price at 
exercise date

Growth Growth value

Number of 
shares at 
exercise price

£

1.100

1.390

£

1.731

1.630

£

£’000

Number

0.631

0.240

4,198

2,425,024

2,454

1,512,883

Year ended 30 April 2019
SARS 15/16
Year ended 30 April 2020
SARS 16/17

The below table shows the estimated number of shares to be issued under the remaining SARS scheme in issue based on the Company’s 
share price at the balance sheet date of £1.565:

Reference 
shares in issue 
at exercise 
date
Number
6,750,000

Price at grant 
date including 
hurdle

Price at 
exercise date

Growth Growth value

Number of 
shares at 
exercise price

£
£1.83

£
£1.57

£
(£0.26)

£’000
-

Number
-

SARS 17/18

90

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
Notes (continued)
9 

Share based payments (continued)

The annual awards granted under all schemes are summarised below:

Weighted 
average 
remaining 
contractual 
life

Weighted
average 
exercise
price

Originally 
granted

Lapsed at 
30 April 
2019

At 1 May
2020

Granted
during
the year

Lapsed 
during year

At 30 April 
2020

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

0.4 years

£1.83

7,050,000

(300,000)

6,750,000

0.4 years

£1.33

556,296

(60,632)

495,664

1.4 years

£1.27

620,335

(19,874)

600,461

-

-

-

-

6,750,000

(80,246)

415,418

(53,537)

546,924

2.4 years

£1.28

-

-

-

819,626

(48,839)

770,787

1,176,631

(80,506)

1,096,125

819,626

(182,622)

1,733,129

0.4 years

£1.65

581,162

(92,114)

489,048

1.5 years

£1.44

812,131

(22,916)

789,215

1,393,293

(115,030)

1,278,263

-

-

-

(33,330)

455,718

(45,832)

743,383

(79,162)

1,199,101

SARS
SARS 17/18 - 3 
October 2017

SAYE
SAYE 17/18- 15 
September 2017
SAYE 18/19 – 21 
September 2018
SAYE 19/20 – 30 
September 2019

CSOPS
CSOPS 17/18 – 3 
October 2017
CSOPS 18/19 
– 24 October 
2018

Fair value calculations
The award is accounted for as equity-settled under IFRS 2.  The fair value of awards which are subject to non-market based 
performance conditions is calculated using the Black Scholes option pricing model.  This model has been used as an approximation of 
the binomial model for valuing the SARS granted, the Directors consider the difference to be immaterial. The inputs to this model for 
awards granted during the financial year are detailed below:

Grant date
Share price at date of grant
Exercise price
Volatility
Expected life (years)
Risk free rate
Dividend yield

Fair value per share
Market based performance condition
Non-market based performance 
condition/no performance condition

CSOP

24/10/18
£1.44p
£1.44p
24%
3.3
1%
4.5%

CSOP

15/9/17
£1.65p
£1.65p
24%
3.3
1%
4%

SAYE

30/9/19
£1.64
£1.27p
35%
3.3
1%
4%

SAYE

21/12/18
£1.585p
£1.27p
24%
3.3
1%
4.5%

SAYE

3/10/17
£1.66p
£1.33p
24%
3.3
1%
4%

SARS

3/10/17
£1.58p
£1.83p
24%
3.3
1%
4%

£0.16p

£0.19p

£0.37p

£0.27p

£0.33p

£0.12p

-

-

-

-

-

91

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
9 

Share based payments (continued)

Expected volatility was determined by using historical share price data of the Company since it listed on 8 June 2015.  The expected life 
used in the model has been based of managements expectation of the minimum and maximum exercise period of three and three and a 
half years, respectively.

The total charge to the income statement for all schemes now in place, included within non-underlying items, is £821,000 (2019: 
£655,000).

During the year an expense disclosable under IFRS 2 in relation to a cash and share settled bonus award was made to certain employees 
based on performance of Kiddy & Partners Limited for the year ended 30 April 2019 totalling £534,000.  76,636 shares were issued in 
satisfaction of 50% of the gross value of the awarded bonus. 

10 

Financial income and expense

Recognised in profit and loss

Financial income

Interest income 

Total finance income

Financial expense

Interest expense on bank borrowings measured at amortised cost

Interest on lease liability

Total financial expense

2020

£’000

523

523

(426)

(840)

(1,266)

2019

£’000

523

523

(448)

-

(448)

Net financial (expense)/income

(743)

75

11 

Taxation 

Current tax expense

Current tax on profits for the year

Under provision of taxation in previous period

Total current tax

Deferred tax expense

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Under provision on share-based payment charges

Total deferred tax expense

Total tax expense

92

2020

£’000

3,121

295

3,416

(234)

(149)

(383)

3,033

2019

£’000

3,297

121

3,418

(268)

(246)

(514)

2,904

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
11  Taxation  (continued)

The reasons for the difference between the actual tax charge for the year and the standard rate of corporation tax in the United 
Kingdom applied to profits for the year are as follows:

 Profit for the year (subject to corporation tax)

Tax using the Company’s domestic tax rate of 19% (2019:19%)

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Under provision of taxation in previous period

Under provision on share-based payment charges

 Total tax expense

2020

£’000

14,756

2,804

83

295

(149)

3,033

2019

£’000

15,945

3,030

(1)

121

(246)

2,904

On 26 October 2015 the UK corporation tax rate was reduced to 19% (effective from 1 April 2017). As a result of the March 2020 
Budget the UK corporation tax rate remains at 19% for the years beginning 1 April 2020 and 1 April 2021.  The deferred tax liability at 30 
April 2020 has been calculated based on these rates. 

12 

Earnings per share

Statutory earnings per share 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue, being weighted average number of shares 
for calculating basic earnings per share

113,404,283

110,207,707

Shares deemed to be issued for no consideration in respect of share based payments

2,195,444

2,072,862

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for calculating diluted earnings per share

115,599,727

112,280,569

2020

2019

Number

Number

Profit for the year and basic earnings attributable to ordinary equity shareholders

Non-underlying and exceptional items (see note 7)

Operating expenses

Tax on non-underlying and exceptional items

Underlying earnings before non-underlying and exceptional items

Earnings per share is calculated as follows:

Basic earnings per ordinary share

Diluted earnings per ordinary share

Basic earnings per ordinary share after non-underlying and exceptional items

Diluted earnings per ordinary share after non-underlying and exceptional items

2020

£’000

11,723

3,300

(627)

14,396

2020

Pence

10.34

10.14

12.69

12.45

2019

£’000

13,041

2,122

(403)

14,760

2019

Pence

11.83

11.61

13.39

13.15

93

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
Notes (continued)

13 

Dividends

Equity shares:

Final dividend in respect of 2018 (4.8p per share) – 3 October 2018 

Interim dividend in respect of 2019 (2.6p per share) – 15 March 2019 

Final dividend in respect of 2019 (5.4p per share) – 15 October 2019

2020

£’000

-

-

6,007

6,007

2019

£’000

5,264

2,854

-

8,118

The Board has not proposed a final dividend be paid in respect of the year ended 30 April 2020 (2019: 5.4p). 

14 

Property, plant and equipment

Leasehold
improvements

Equipment

Fixtures and
Fittings

Right-of-use 
assets

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

Cost

Balance at 1 May 2018
Additions
Arising on acquisition after fair value 
adjustments
Disposal

As at 30 April 2019
IFRS 16 Right-of-use asset
Balance at 1 May 2019
Additions
Arising on acquisition after fair value 
adjustments
Disposal

As at 30 April 2020
Depreciation and impairment 
Balance at 1 May 2018
Depreciation charge for the year
Arising on acquisition after fair value 
adjustments
Eliminated on disposal

Balance at 30 April 2019
Balance at 1 May 2019
Depreciation charge for the year
Arising on acquisition after fair value 
adjustments
Eliminated on disposal

Balance at 30 April 2020
Net book value
At 30 April 2019

At 30 April 2020
94

226
5

-

-

231
-
231
-

231

-

462

82
22

-

-

104
104
10

213

-

327

127

135

4,432
643

208

(8)

5,275
-
5,275
745

187

-

6,207

3,438
728

273

(8)

4,331
4,331
687

139

-

5,157

944

1,050

4,297
362

325

-

4,984
-
4,984
112

130

-

5,226

3,500
372

166

-

4,038
4,038
386

114

-

4,538

946

688

-
-

-

-

-
24,360
24,360
4,831

-

(3,045)

26,146

-
-

-

-

-
-
3,455

-

(188)

3,267

-

22,879

Total

£’000

8,955
1,010

533

(8)

10,490
24,360
34,850
5,688

548

(3,045)

38,041

7,020
1,122

339

(8)

8,473
8,473
4,538

466

(188)

13,289

2,017

24,752

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)

15 

Investment property

Fair value
Balance at 1 May 2018 and 30 April 2019

Balance at 1 May 2019 and 30 April 2020

£’000
164

164

The Group’s interest in its freehold property at 216 Capella House, Celestia Falcon Drive, Cardiff Bay, Cardiff, CF10 4RE was valued as 
at 30 April 2020 at £164,000 (2019: £164,000) by the Directors based on current open market values for existing use.  However, it was 
noted that a valuation by a qualified individual with relevant experience has not been performed during the year on the basis that it is 
not expected by the Directors to have materially changed. Rental income of £nil (2019: £7,500) was received during the year.  Services 
charges of £3,000 (2019: £3,000) where incurred during the year.

16 

Intangible assets and goodwill

Deemed cost
At 1 May 2018 and 30 April 2019
Arising through business combinations
Adjustment – Kiddy and Partners

At 30 April 2020

Amortisation
At 1 May 2018
Charge for the year
At 30 April 2019
Charge for the year

At 30 April 2020

Carrying amounts
At 30 April 2019

At 30 April 2020

Goodwill
£’000

Customer lists
£’000

8,405
4,543
(619)

12,329

-
-
-
-

-

8,405

12,329

4,424
5,426
-

9,850

1,019
1,380
2,399
1,342

3,741

2,025

6,109

Total
£’000

12,829
9,969
(619)

22,179

1,019
1,380
2,399
1,342

3,741

10,430

18,438

95

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
16 

Intangible assets and goodwill (continued)

Goodwill is allocated to the following cash generating units:

Property Group
Gateley Capitus Limited
Gateley Hamer Limited
GCL Solicitors (acquisition of trade and assets)
Persona Associates Limited
Gateley Vinden Limited

Employment , Pensions and Benefits Group
Kiddy & Partners Limited
International Investment Services Limited
t-three Consulting Limited

Business services Group
Gateley Tweed (acquisition of goodwill)

2020
£’000  

1,515
1,161
2,900
40
1,972
7,588

1,872
338
955
3,165

1,576
12,329

2019
£’000  

1,515
1,161
2,900
-
-
5,576

2,491
338
-
2,829

-
8,405

Impairment testing
The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment. The impairment test involves determining the recoverable amount of the cash 
generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill has been allocated.  The Directors believe that each operating segment represents a 
cash generating unit for the business and as a result, impairment is tested for each segment, and all the assets of each segment are 
considered. 

The recoverable amount is based on the present value of expected future cash flows (value in use) which was determined to be higher 
than the carrying amount of goodwill so no impairment loss was recognised. Management have considered the likely impact of the 
COVID-19 pandemic on future cashflows in their assessment of impairment.  

Value in use was determined by discounting the future cash flows generated from the continuing operation of the Group and was based 
on the following key assumptions:

•  A pre-tax discount rate of between 12 and 21% (2019: 10%) was applied in determining the recoverable amount. The discount rate 
is based on the Group’s average weighted cost of capital of 10.18% and adjusted according to the risks attributable to each CGU.

•  The values assigned to the key assumptions represent management’s estimate of expected future trends and are based on both 

external (industry experience, historic market performance and current estimates of risks associated with trading conditions) 
and internal sources (existing management knowledge, track record and an in-depth understanding of the work types being 
performed).   
o  Growth rates of between 5-18% (2019: 10-20%) are based on management’s understanding of the market opportunities for  

o 

services provided pertaining to the industry in which each CGU is aligned.   
Increases in costs are based on current inflation rates and expected levels of recruitment needed to generate predicted  
revenue growth. 

o  Attrition rates are based on the historic experience and trends of client activity over a two to three year period and applied to  

future fee forecasts. 

o  Cash flows have been typically assessed over a five-year period which management extrapolates cash using a terminal value  

calculation based on an estimated growth rate of nil%.  The expected current UK economic growth forecasts for the legal  
services market is 2%.

•  The Group has conducted a sensitivity analysis on the impairment test of the CGU carrying value.  The Directors believe that any 
reasonably possible change in the key assumptions on which the recoverable amount of goodwill is based would not cause the 
aggregate carrying amount to exceed the aggregate recoverable amount of the CGU. 

96

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
 
 
Notes (continued)
16 

Intangible assets and goodwill (continued)

Sensitivities 
The Group attributes a monetary value to the acquired goodwill based primarily on the anticipated future cash flows generated by the 
customers. Whilst the Group accounts for customer attrition and direct costs the main driver of this value is the estimated revenue 
resulting from the customers on the list. Management have estimated a year on year growth rate which has been applied to the model. 
The below table shows the Group’s sensitivity to growth rates on the customer list valuation: 

+1 % increase in growth rates
-1 % decrease in growth rates

17 

Acquisitions

During the year the Group has completed four acquisitions, the table below summarises the consideration paid:

Total fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities acquired 
Goodwill

Total consideration

Satisfied by:
Cash
Equity instruments
Contingent cash consideration payable 
Contingent shares consideration payable 

Total consideration

Net cash outflows arising on acquisition
Cash consideration
Acquisition costs
Net cash acquired

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition

Acquisition of Persona Associates Limited

Increase/(decrease) in 
value of goodwill 
£’000
657
(643)

Total
£’000
7,891
4,543

12,434

5,978
5,722
398
336

12,434

(5,978)
(85)
3,321

(2,742)

On 29 July 2019 Gateley (Holdings) Plc acquired the entire issued share capital of Persona Associates Limited, one of the UK’s longest-
established and leading land referencing consultancies, advising on some of the UK’s largest infrastructure and regeneration projects. 
Persona provides expertise on statutory processes relating to long-term infrastructure projects involving Compulsory Purchase Orders, 
Development Consent Orders and Transport and Works Act Orders.

97

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
17  Acquisitions (continued)

The amounts recognised in respect of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as set out in the table below:

Pre-acquisition 
carrying amount
£’000
11
-
229
91
331

Policy alignment and 
fair value adjustments
£’000
-
187
-
-
187

(1)
(74)
-
(75)

256

-
-
(36)
(36)

151

Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible asset relating to customer list and brand
Cash and short term deposits 
Trade receivables
Total assets

Trade payables
Accruals and other payables
Deferred tax
Total liabilities 

Total identifiable net assets at fair value 
Goodwill arising on acquisition 
Total consideration 

Satisfied by:
Initial cash consideration paid
Issue of 94,312 new 10p ordinary shares in Gateley (Holdings) Plc
Contingent cash consideration payable 

Total consideration

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition 
Cash consideration
Net cash acquired

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition

Total

£’000

11
187
229
91
518

(1)
(74)
(36)
(111)

407
40
447

231
154
62

447

(231)
230

(1)

The goodwill of £40,000 arising from the acquisition represents the assembled workforce.  None of the goodwill is expected to be 
deductible for income tax purposes.

A contingent consideration arrangement was entered into as part of the acquisition.  This is contingent on the seller successfully 
transferring across successfully all staff from the Horsham office into the Group’s existing Guildford office.  The contingent 
consideration totalling £62,500 was settled post 30 April 2020.

From the date of acquisition Persona has contributed £0.3m of revenue to the Group’s Statement of Comprehensive Income.  The 
profit contributed is not separately identifiable due to its trade and assets being incorporated into Gateley Hamer Limited from 1 
February 2020.

Acquisition of the t-three Consulting Limited (“t-three”)

On 12 December 2019 the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of t-three via the acquisition of the entire issued share 
capital of t-three Group Limited that owes 100% of the entire issued share capital of t-three Holdings Limited which in turn owes the 
entire issued share capital of t-three Consulting Limited. t-three offer services and products to businesses that enable them to develop 
their senior people and effect cultural change within the business itself. Its client base includes multinational companies, large public 
sector organisations and SMEs across the UK and worldwide.

98

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
17  Acquisitions (continued)

The amounts recognised in respect of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as set out in the table below:

Cash 
Intangible asset relating to customer list and brand
Trade receivables
Prepayments and accrued income 
Total assets

Trade payables
Accruals and other payables
Deferred tax
Total liabilities 

Total identifiable net assets at fair value 
Goodwill arising on acquisition 
Total consideration 

Pre-acquisition 
carrying amount
£’000
1,111
-
670
95
1,876

Policy alignment and 
fair value adjustments
£’000
-
2,114
-
-
2,114

(209)
(517)
2
(724)

1,152

-
-
(402)
(402)

1,712

Satisfied by:
Initial cash consideration paid
Issue of 944,855 new 10p ordinary shares in Gateley (Hold-ings) Plc
Contingent cash consideration payable 
Contingent shares consideration payable 

Total consideration

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition 
Cash paid
Acquisition costs 
Net cash acquired

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition

Total

£’000

1,111
2,114
670
95
3,990

(209)
(517)
(400)
(1,126)

2,864
955
3,819

1,598
1,567
327
327

3,819

(1,598)
(40)
1,110

(528)

The goodwill of £955,000 arising from the acquisition represents the assembled workforce.  None of the goodwill is expected to be 
deductible for income tax purposes.

A contingent consideration arrangement was entered into as part of the acquisition.  This is contingent on t-three achieving at least 5% 
growth in revenue for the 12 months ending 30 September 2021 and 30 September 2022.  Consideration is payable once revenue for 
the deferment periods has been agreed between both parties.

From the date of acquisition t-three has contributed £1.3m of revenue to the Group’s Statement of Comprehensive Income together 
with after tax profit of £0.1m.

99

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
17  Acquisitions (continued)

Acquisition of goodwill in Gateley Tweed LLP (formerly Paul Tweed LLP) (‘Gateley Tweed’) and William Paul Tweed, Selena 
Mary Kerins, Victoria Louise Garrad, Callum Laing Nuttall, Thomas Oliver Durrant and Richard Julian Healey trading as Gateley 
Tweed

On 28 February 2020 the Company acquired the goodwill of Gateley Tweed LLP, a legal business specialising in reputation management, 
privacy and data protection issues, commercial litigation and brand protection.  Paul Tweed LLP was a partner in William Paul Tweed, 
Selena Mary Kerins, trading as Tweed.

Although direct ownership of Tweed is not permitted due to local regulations both entities are related entities of Gateley Plc since the 
majority of the members of Gateley Tweed are also Board members of Gateley Plc. In substance it is controlled by Gateley Plc and so its 
results are included in the consolidation of Gateley (Holdings) Plc.  In accordance with local governance agreements, Gateley Tweed 
LLP and Gateley Tweed (a partnership in Ireland) will be disclosed as subsidiary undertakings of Gateley Plc under section 1162(4) of 
the Companies Act 2006 and thus subsidiary undertakings of the Group by virtue of section 1162(5) of the Companies Act 2006.

Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible asset relating to customer list and brand
Work in progress
Cash 
Trade receivables
Prepayments and accrued income 

Total assets

Amounts due to former partners
Trade payables
Accruals and other payables
Deferred tax

Total liabilities

Total identifiable net assets at fair value 
Goodwill arising on acquisition 

Total consideration 

Pre-acquisition 
carrying amount
£’000
17
-
113
123
306
154

Policy alignment and 
fair value adjustments
£’000
-
523
-
-
-
-

713

(631)
(38)
(44)
-

(713)

-

523

-
-
-
(99)

(99)

424

Satisfied by:
Cash consideration paid 
Issue of 529,520 new 10p ordinary shares in Gateley (Holdings) Plc

Total consideration

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition
Cash paid 
Net cash acquired

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition

Total

£’000

17
523
113
123
306
154
1,236

(631)
(38)
(44)
(99)
(812)

424
1,576
2,000

1,000
1,000

2,000

(1,000)
123

(877)

The goodwill of £1,576,000 arising from the acquisition represents the assembled workforce.  None of the goodwill is expected to be 
deductible for income tax purposes.

From the date of acquisition Tweed has contributed £0.2m of revenue to the Group’s Statement of Comprehensive Income.  The profit 
contributed is not separately identifiable due to its trade and assets being incorporated into Gateley Plc with effect from 28 February 
2020.
100

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
17  Acquisitions (continued)

Acquisition of Gateley Vinden Limited (formerly The Vinden Partnership Limited) (‘Vinden’)

On 5 March 2020 Gateley (Holdings) Plc acquired the entire issued share capital of Gateley Vinden Limited (formerly The Vinden 
Partnership Limited) via the acquisition of the entire issued share capital of Matsa Limited, Thomas Alexender Holdings Limited and 
TVP Holdings Limited that held a 60% share in Vinden together with the remaining 40% ownership from Mr Peter Vinden.  Vinden is 
a specialist business offering corporate advisory, dispute and consultancy to the built environment in the property and construction 
markets. 

Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible asset relating to customer list and brand
Work in progress
Cash 
Trade receivables
Prepayments and accrued income 

Total assets

Trade payables
Accruals and other payables
Current tax
Other tax and social security
Deferred tax

Total liabilities

Total identifiable net liabilities at fair value 
Goodwill arising on acquisition 

Total consideration 

Pre-acquisition 
carrying amount
£’000
64
-
100
1,874
845
229

Policy alignment and 
fair value adjustments
£’000
-
2,602
-
-
-
-

3,112

(75)
(251)
(58)
(351)
(5)

(740)

2,372

2,602

-
(284)
-
-
(494)

(778)

1,824

Satisfied by:
Initial cash consideration paid 
Issue of 1,602,564 new 10p ordinary shares in Gateley (Holdings) Plc
Contingent cash consideration payable
Contingent share consideration payable

Total consideration

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition 
Cash paid 
Acquisition costs
Net cash acquired

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition 

Total

£’000

64
2,602
100
1,874
845
229
5,714

(75)
(535)
(58)
(351)
(499)
(1,518)

4,196
1,972
6,168

3,149
3,001
9
9

6,168

(3,149)
(45)
1,858

(1,336)

The goodwill of £1,972,000 arising from the acquisition represents the assembled workforce.  None of the goodwill is expected to be 
deductible for income tax purposes.

A contingent consideration arrangement was entered into as part of the acquisition.  This is contingent on Vinden achieving revenue 
in excess of that achieved in the financial year to 31 August 2020 of £4.657m.  The sellers will receive £1 of contingent consideration 
for every £1 they exceed 2019’s revenue up to a maximum consideration of £0.6m.  Consideration is payable once revenue for the 

101

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
17  Acquisitions (continued)

deferment periods has been agreed between both parties.

From the date of acquisition Vinden has contributed £0.9m of revenue to the Group’s Statement of Comprehensive Income together 
with after tax profit of £0.2m.

18 

Other intangible assets

Cost

Balance at 1 May 2018

Additions

At 30 April 2019

Additions

Disposals and write-offs

At 30 April 2020

Amortisation

Balance at 1 May 2018

Charge for the year

At 30 April 2019

Charge for the year

At 30 April 2020

Net book amount at 30 April 2019

Net book amount at 30 April 2020

IT Development costs
£’000

Computer software
£’000

-

237

237

303

(282)

258

-

-

-

-

-

237

258

46

39

85

26

-

111

7

26

33

33

66

39

45

Total
£’000

46

276

322

329

(282)

369

7

26

33

33

66

289

303

IT development costs incurred in the installation of the Group’s replacement practice management system have been written off during 
the year as a result of the cessation of this project prior to full installation.

19 

Other investments

The Group holds other investment interests in the following third party investments:

Fair value
Balance at 1 May 2018
Additions
Balance at 30 April 2019
Additions
Disposals

Balance at 30 April 2020

£’000

85
-
85
214
(70)

229

Gateley Investments Limited held a 5% investment interest in the ordinary shares of Mantua Capital Limited for the value of £30,000. In 
July 2019 the company was liquidated and the investment held written off.

Gateley Plc held a 1% investment in the ordinary shares of Business Collaborator Limited for the value of £40,000. Gateley Plc sold their 
investment during the year generating investment income of £137,523.
102

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
19  Other investments (continued)

£15,000 – Gateley Investments Limited holds a 1.9% investment in the ordinary shares of Manchester Biotech Limited (formerly 
PeptigelDesign Ltd).

£213,733 – Gateley Plc holds a 3.7% investment in the ordinary shares in Incanthera Plc, acquired on 26 February 2020.As at 30 April 
2020 the FV of the investment was £0.247 million. As required under IFRS 9 the Group holds other investments at fair value.

20 

Contract assets and liabilities

As at 30 April 2020

As at 30 April 2019

Contract assets
£’000

Trade receivables
£’000

Contract liabilities
£’000

11,684

10,671

36,848

33,909

(70)

(147)

Contract assets
Contract assets consist of unbilled revenue in respect of professional services performed to date.

Contract assets in relation to non-contingent work are billed at appropriate intervals, normally on a monthly basis in arrears, in line with 
the performance of the services and engagement obligations. Where such matters remain unbilled at the period end the asset is valued 
on a contract-by-contract basis at its expected recoverable amount.

Contract assets in relation to contingent work are billed at a point in time once the uncertainty over the contingent event has 
been satisfied and all performance obligations satisfied, such that it is no longer contingent, these matters are valued based on the 
expected recoverable amount. Due to the complex nature of these matters, they can take a considerable time to be finalised therefore 
performance obligations may be settled in one period but the matter not billed until a later financial period.  Until the performance 
obligations have been performed the Group does not recognise any contract asset value at the year end.

During the year, contract assets of £212,000 (2019: £152,000) were acquired in business combinations.

An impairment loss of £69,000 has been recognised in relation to contract assets in the year (2019: £295,000). This is based on the 
expected credit loss under IFRS 9 of these types of assets. The contract asset loss is estimated at 0.6% (2019: 2.7%) of the balance.

Contract assets recognised under IFRS 15
Under IFRS 15 the Group is required to recognise contract assets, as detailed in note 1.16. 

Contract asset value  at 1 May 2019

Contract assets arising on acquisition 

Contract asset value added in the year 

Contract asset value realised in the year 

Contract asset value at 30 April 2020

2020

£’000

10,671

212

13,528

2019

£’000

10,672

152

32,185

(12,727)

11,684

(32,338)

10,671

The Group have applied ECLs to unbilled revenue in order to account for the potential default on amounts not yet billed to the client. 
The ECLs have been calculated on the same basis as those applied to trade receivables.

103

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
20  Contract assets and liabilities  (continued)

Contract liabilities

When matters are billed in advance or on a basis of a monthly retainer, this is recognised in contract liabilities and released over time 
when the services are performed.

Contract liabilities recognised under IFRS 15
Under IFRS 15 the Group is required to recognise contract liabilities.

Contract liabilities at 1 May 2019

Contract liabilities arising on acquisition 

Contract liabilities gained in the year

Contract liabilities credited to P&L in year

Contract liabilities at 30 April 2020

21 

Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Prepayments

Other receivables including insurance receivables

Trade receivables

2020

£’000

147

-

447

(524)

70

2020

£’000

36,874

2,941

182

39,997

2019

£’000

-

294

2,757

(2,904)

147

2019

£’000

33,909

2,584

42

36,535

Trade receivables are recognised when a bill has been issued to the client, as this is the point in time that the consideration is 
unconditional because only the passage of time is required before the payment is due. Trade receivables also includes disbursements.
Bills are payable within thirty days unless otherwise agreed with the client.

All trade receivables are repayable within one year.

Movement in the allowance for doubtful receivables

Brought forward provision

Brought forward on acquisition

Provision utilised

Charged to statement of profit and loss

Provisions released

104

2020

£’000

2019

£’000

(2,785)

(2,212)

(94)

474

(961)

399

(2,967)

(14)

450

(1,205)

196

(2,785)

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
21  Trade and other receivables (continued)

The Group applies the simplified approach to providing for the expected credit losses under IFRS 9.

Expected credit loss 
rate 
Estimated total 
gross carrying 
amount £’000
Lifetime ECL £’000

Not passed due  Past due 0-30 days 

Past due 31-120 
days 

Past due greater 
than 120 days 

0.04%

0.98%

3.76%

33.44%

20,557

8

3,567

33

5,637

212

8,114

2,714

Total 

37,875

2,967

The carrying amount of financial assets (including contract assets but not including equity investments) recorded in the financial 
statements, which is net of any impairment losses, represents the Group’s maximum expected exposure to credit risk.  Financial assets 
include client and other receivables and cash.  The Group does not hold collateral over these balances.

All the Group’s trade and other receivables have been reviewed for indicators of impairment.  The specifically impaired trade receivables 
are mostly due to customers experiencing financial difficulties.

An impairment loss of £562,000 has been recognised in relation to trade receivables in the year (2019: £1,009,000). This is based on 
the expected credit loss under IFRS 9 of these types of assets. The trade receivables loss is estimated at 1.2% (2019: 1.9%) of the 
balance.

22 

Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings

The contractual terms of the Group’s interest-bearing loans and borrowings, which are measured at amortised cost, with the exception 
of loans to members that are held at fair value, are described below. For more information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate 
and foreign currency risk, see note 28.

Non-Current liabilities

Unsecured bank loan

Current liabilities

Unsecured bank loan

Loans from former members of GCL Solicitors LLP

Loans from director of IIS

Loans due to former partners of Gateley Tweed LLP 
(formerly Paul Tweed LLP)

2020
Fair value

£’000

Carrying
amount

£’000

2019
Fair value

£’000

Carrying
amount

£’000

2,369

2,369

3,076

3,076

708

68

-

661

708

68

-

661

2,574

2,574

425

45

-

425

45

-

1,437

1,437

3,044

3,044

On 8 June 2015, Gateley Plc entered into two new loan agreements of £5m each, £10m in total.  On 28 October 2018 these existing 
loans were re-negotiated and additional loans totalling £3 million were entered into.  Post year end total term loan repayments were 
renegotiated, the June 2020 repayment was cancelled, with the remaining balance payable in quarterly repayments of £0.24m payable 
between September 2020 and September 2023.  Interest is chargeable at 2.25% over LIBOR.

105

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
22  Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings (continued)

As at 30 April 2020, the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities have contractual maturities (including interest payments where 
applicable) as summarised below:

30 April 2020

Current

Non-current

Unsecured bank loans

Loans from former owners of 
acquired businesses

Trade and other payables

Total

Within 6 months
£’000

6 to 12 months
£’000

1 – 5  years
£’000

Later than 5 years
£’000

234

699

5,583

6,516

474

-

-

474

2,369

-

-

2,369

-

-

133

133

This compares to the maturity of the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities in the previous reporting period as follows:

30 April 2019

Current

Non-current

Unsecured bank loans

Loans from former owners of 
acquired businesses

Trade and other payables

Total

Within 6 months
£’000

6 to 12 months
£’000

1 – 5  years
£’000

Later than 5 years
£’000

1,287

235

4,936

6,458

1,287

167

-

1,454

3,076

68

-

3,144

-

-

128

128

The above amounts reflect the contractual undiscounted cash flows, which may differ to the carrying values of the liabilities at the 
reporting date.

23 

Trade and other payables

Current

Trade payables

Other taxation and social security payable

Other payables

Contingent consideration

Accruals

Deferred income

Non-current

Other payables

Contingent consideration

106

2020

£’000

5,490

12,352

93

360

1,804

70

20,169

£’000

133

789

922

2019

£’000

4,769

6,437

167

1,428

10,779

147

23,727

£’000

128

855

983

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
23  Trade and other payables (continued)

£359,500 of current contingent consideration represents the earn-out sums payable to the sellers of Kiddy & Partners Limited 
(£279,000), Gateley Vinden Limited (£18,000) and Persona Associates Limited (£62,500). 

£789,000 of non-current contingent consideration represents the earn-out sums payable to the sellers of International Investment 
Services (£135,000) and t-three Consultancy Limited (£654,000). 

All contingent consideration is Level Three in the fair value hierarchy as there are no observable inputs. Amounts have been calculated 
based on the Group’s expectation of what it will pay in relation to the earn-out clause of the relevant sale and purchase agreement 
discounted to present value. The earn-out targets are based on the annual results, or in the case of Persona a relocation of staff, of 
the acquired business. The fair value of the earn-out consideration is calculated based on the forecasted results, using EBIT growth 
rate ranges from 2-10%, to give an estimate of the final obligation capped at the maximum earn-out amount stated in the purchase 
agreement.  Where contingent consideration is due over a period of more than one year the value of the consideration is discounted 
and recorded at the present value.  Discount rate applied in determining the present value of contingent consideration 17.3%.

24 

Deferred tax 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarised below:

Deferred tax asset
The deferred tax asset recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position represents the future tax impact of issued share 
based payments schemes that are yet to vest.

At 1 May 2019

Debited during the year to retained earnings

Credited during the year in the Consolidated income statement 

At 30 April 2020

Share based 
payments

£’000

428

(558)

149

19

Deferred tax liability 
The deferred tax liability recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position represents the future tax impact of the Group’s 
benefit from customer lists obtained through acquisitions.

At 1 May 2018

Arising through business combinations – Kiddy & Partners and GCL Solicitors 

Credited during the year in the Consolidated income statement

At 30 April 2019

Arising through business combinations – T-Three Consultancy Limited and Gateley Vinden Limited (formerly 
The Vinden Partnership Limited)

Credited during the year in the Consolidated income statement

At 30 April 2020

Customer lists

£’000

128

529

(269)

388

1,031

(211)

1,208

107

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)

25 

Provisions

Professional indemnity estimated claim cost

Brought forward

Provisions made during the year

Provisions reversed during the year

At end of year

Non-current

Current

2020

£’000

630

542

(459)

713

461

252

713

2019

£’000

605

100

(75)

630

339

291

630

The Group from time to time receives claims in respect of alleged professional negligence which it defends where appropriate but 
makes provision for the best estimate of probable amounts considered likely to be payable as set out above.  Inevitably, these estimates 
depend on the outcome and timing of future events and may need to be revised as circumstances change.  A different assessment of 
the likely outcome in each case or of the probable cost involved may result in a different level of provision recognised.  Professional 
indemnity Insurance cover is maintained in respect of professional negligence claims.   

The professional indemnity estimated claim cost provision in 2019 represented amounts equal to the insurance excesses payable on 
outstanding claims against the Group.  In 2020 the Group has  grossed up its provision to represent the probable cost of claims made 
against the Group under its professional indemnity insurance cover, in line with IAS 37.  A reimbursement asset (being the insurance 
receivable) is also recognised in note 21 above in respect of the anticipated amount recoverable from Group insurers minus the excess 
deductible under the terms of the Group insurance policy. The impact of this change to gross up provisions and assets was not material 
as at 30 April 2019 and hence a restatement was not deemed to be necessary.

26 

Net debt

Cash and cash equivalents

Debt

Total loans brought forward

Loans from former members 

Extension to term loans in the year 

Lease liability

Repayment of loans from former members 

Repayment of term loans 

Total loan carried forward 

Brought forward from previous year
Movement during year

Net debt at the year end
108

2020

£’000

2,923

(6,120)

(661)

0

(25,456)

402

2,506
(29,329)

(3,233)

(23,173)

(26,406)

2019

£’000

2,887

(4,959)

(469)

(2,970)

-

171

2,107

(6,120)

(658)
(2,575)

(3,233)

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
26  Net debt (continued)

The changes in the Group’s liabilities arising from financing activities can be classified as follows:

1 May 2019

Adoption of IFRS 16

Revised 1 May 2019

Cashflows:

Repayments

Non-cash

Fair value on acquisition 

Termination of lease

New lease liability in the year 

30 April 2020

1 May 2018

Cashflows:

Repayments

Proceeds

Non-cash

Fair value on acquisition

30 April 2019

Long term 
borrowings

Short term 
borrowings

Lease  
liabilities

£’000

5,650

-

5,650

£’000

470

-

470

£’000

326

27,210

27,536

Total

£’000

6,446

27,210

33,656

(2,573)

(402)

(3,615)

(6,591)

-

-

-

3,077

661

-

-

729

Long term 
borrowings

Short term 
borrowings

£’000

4,959

(2,279)

2,970

-

5,650

£’000

-

(904)

-

1,374

470

-

(3,046)

4,581

25,456

Lease  
liabilities

£’000

456

(130)

-

-

326

662

(3,046)

4,581

29,262

Total

£’000

5,415

(3,313)

2,970

1,374

6,446

109

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)

27 

Share capital

Authorised, issued and fully paid

Ordinary shares of 10p each

Brought forward

Issued on acquisition of GCL solicitors LLP

Issued on acquisition of Kiddy & Partners Limited

Issued as part of contingent consideration of Gateley 
Hamer Limited

Issued on acquisition of Persona Associates Limited 

Issues on acquisition of t-three Consulting Limited

Issued as part of contingent consideration of Kiddy & 
Partners Limited
Issued on acquisition of Gateley Tweed LLP (Formerly Paul 
Tweed LLP)
Issued on acquisition of Gateley Vinden Limited (Formerly 
The Vinden Partnership Limited)

Issued on vesting of SARS

Issued on vesting of SAYE 

Issued on vesting of CSOPS

At 30 April 2020

2020

Number

2020

£

2019

Number

2019

£

110,860,789

11,086,079

106,881,953

10,688,195

-

-

-

1,164,276

251,207

138,329

116,428

25,121

13,833

-

-

-

94,312

944,855

389,608

9,431

94,486

38,961

529,520

52,952

1,602,564

160,256

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,631,588

163,159

2,425,024

242,502

844,695

711,163

84,470

71,116

-

-

-

-

117,609,094

11,760,909

110,860,789

11,086,079

On 29 July 2019 the Group acquired the entire issued share capital of Persona Associates Limited in part for the issue of 94,312 10p 
ordinary shares. 

On 1 October 2019 844,695 10p ordinary shares were issued upon vesting of the 2019 SAYE schemes to participants. 

On 8 October 2019 1,631,588 10p ordinary shares were issued upon vesting of the 2019 SARS scheme to participants.

On 13 December 2019 the Group acquired t-three Consulting and dormant Group companies in part for the issue of 944,855 10p 
ordinary shares.

On 6 February 2020 711,163 10p ordinary shares were issued upon vesting of the 2016 CSOP scheme.

On 28 February 2020 the Group acquired the goodwill of Gateley Tweed (Formerly Paul Tweed LLP) in part for the issue of 529,520 
10p ordinary shares.

On 6 March 2020 the Group acquired the entire issued share capital of Gateley Vinden Limited (formerly The Vinden Partnership 
Limited) and dormant group companies in part for the issue of 1,602,564 10 ordinary shares.

110

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)

28 

Financial instruments and related disclosures

Financial risk management
The Board has overall responsibility for the oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. A formal process for reviewing and 
managing risk in the business has been developed. A register of strategic and operational risk is maintained and reviewed by the Board, 
who also monitor the status of agreed actions to mitigate key risks.

Management’s objective in managing financial risks is to ensure the long-term sustainability of the Group.

As the Group’s principal financial instruments comprise cash, client receivables and unbilled revenue, the main risks are those that relate 
to credit in regard to receivables.

Credit risk
Credit risk refers to the risk that the counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. The 
Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables.

The Group continuously monitors the credit quality of customers and risk attributable to specific debts. The Group’s policy is to deal 
only with credit worthy counterparties, with standard credit terms being 30 days. The credit terms as negotiated with customers are 
subject to close monitoring and internal approval. The ongoing credit risk is managed through regular review of ageing analysis.

Trade receivables across the Group have been assessed with regard to credit risk characteristics which vary across segmental reporting 
lines according to the nature of the industry, size and financial position of the counterparty. The Group also considers days past due in 
making this assessment as well as historical credit losses experienced within over a period of 12 month before 30 April 2020.

The expected loss rates derived from this assessment are adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information affecting the 
ability of the customers to settle the receivables.  The Group has a policy of performing credit checks and the large spread of reputable 
clients ensures there are no unacceptable concentrations of credit risk.

Historic cash collection rates and the Group write-off of financial instruments do not show an increased likelihood of default once the 
payments are more than 30 days past due. The Group hold long standing relationships with most clients therefore there is no increased 
risk perceived based on the age of the contractual payment alone. 

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for 
all trade receivables and contract assets.

The Board considers financial instruments where contractual payments are significantly past due on a monthly basis to determine the 
risk of default. As part of this process and financial instruments that have had a significant increase in credit risk are identified. For 
these purposes default is considered to be where the counterparty to the financial instrument fails to fulfil part or all of their financial 
obligation. The Group will consider a financial asset to be credit impaired based on both the age of the item and specific knowledge held 
by the fee earner in relation to the clients ability and intention to meet their obligations. 

In circumstances where fee earners and the Board find sufficient indicators that there is no longer reasonable expectation of recovery, 
the amounts are written off.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group ensures that it has 
sufficient cash or loan facilities to meet all its commitments when they fall due by ensuring that there is sufficient cash or working 
capital facilities to meet the cash requirements of the Group.

Gateley Plc is financed  through a combination of unsecured bank loans together with unsecured loans from former members. The 
Board reviews the projected financing requirements annually when agreeing the Group’s budget and, based on this review, sets the value 
of the future capital requirements of the business. The cash flow forecast for the entire Group is updated regularly and compared to the 
budget with any significant variance being reported to the Board.

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates, will affect the Group’s income. 
The Group’s exposure to market risk predominantly relates to interest and currency risk. Management does not consider this to be a 
significant risk to the Group.

111

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
28  Financial instruments and related disclosures (continued)

Interest rate risk
The Group’s bank borrowings incur variable interest rate charges linked to LIBOR plus a margin. Management do not consider this to be 
a significant risk to the Group.

Foreign currency risk
The Group has one overseas operation based in Dubai which, therefore, exposes the Group to changes in Sterling/Dirhams exchange 
rates.  Management does not consider this to be a significant risk to the Group due to the total value of transactions conducted in 
Dubai.

Fair value disclosures
The fair value of each class of financial assets and liabilities is the carrying amount, based on the following assumptions:

Trade receivables, trade payables, short term deposits and 
borrowings

Long-term borrowings

The fair value approximates to the carrying value because of the 
short maturity of these instruments.
The fair value of bank loans and other loans approximates to the 
carrying value reported in the statement of financial position.

Fair value hierarchy
Financial instruments carried at fair value should be measured with reference to the following levels:
• 
• 

Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as 
prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)
Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

• 

The fair value of financial assets and liabilities are as follows (there is no difference between the carrying value of the financial assets and 
liabilities and their fair value):

Cash and cash equivalents

Contract assets

Trade receivables at amortised cost

Total financial assets

Trade and other payables

Contingent consideration at FVTPL

Short-term borrowings

Current financial liabilities

Long-term borrowings

Other payables due after more than one year

Contingent consideration at FVTPL

Total financial liabilities

2020

£’000

2,923

11,684

36,848

51,455

(7,457)

(360)

(1,437)

(9,254)

(2,369)

(133)

(789)

(12,545)

2019

£’000

2,887

10,671

33,909

47,467

(15,862)

(1,428)

(3,044)

(20,334)

(3,076)

(128)

(855)

(24,393)

Financial assets contain trade receivables and unbilled revenue whereas financial liabilities contain trade payables, other payables and 
accruals.

Measurement of fair value of financial instruments 
The Group performs valuations of financial items for financial reporting purposes, including Level 3 fair values, in consultation with third 
party valuation specialists for complex valuations. Valuation techniques are selected based on the characteristics of each instrument, 
with the overall objective of maximising the use of market-based information. 

112

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
28  Financial instruments and related disclosures (continued)

Fair value measurement of contingent consideration
All contingent consideration relating to business combinations is Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy as there are no observable inputs. 
The fair value of contingent consideration is estimated using the present value technique, based on estimated future cash outflows 
discounted at 17.3% being the applicable weighted average cost of capital. Where the contingent consideration is due less in less than 
12 months, no discount factor is applied. The estimated cash outflows before discounting reflect management’s estimate of the earnout 
due based on the forecasted results, using EBIT growth rates ranging from 2-10%, capped at the maximum earn-out amount as stated 
in the purchase agreement. The earn-out targets are based on the annual results, or in the case of Persona a relocation of staff, of the 
acquired business. An increase in the forecasted revenues of 1% would result in an increase of £49,000 in contingent consideration, a 
decrease in the forecasted revenues of 1% would result in a decrease of £21,000 in contingent consideration due.  

The reconciliation of the carrying amounts of financial instruments classified within Level 3 is as follows:

Contingent consideration

 £’000

Balance at 1 May 2019
Acquired through business combination 
Amount recognised in profit or loss
Amount of earn-out paid 

Balance at 30 April 2020
Total amount included in profit or loss
30 April 2019

30 April 2020
Operating costs 

Financial instruments sensitivity analysis

2,283
734
(619)
(1,249)
1,149

-
-
(619)

In managing interest rate and currency risks, the Group aims to reduce the impact of short term fluctuations on its earnings. At the end 
of each reporting period, the effect of hypothetical changes in interest and currency rates are as follows:

Interest rate sensitivity analysis

The table below shows the Group’s sensitivity to interest rates on floating rate borrowings (i.e. cash and cash equivalents and bank 
borrowings which attract interest at floating rates) if interest rates were to change by +/- 1%. The impact on the results in the statement 
of profit and loss and other comprehensive income and equity would be:

+1 % movement in interest rates
-1 % movement in interest rates

2020
Increase/
(decrease)
in profit and loss
£’000
57
(57)

2019
Increase/
(decrease)
in profit and loss
£’000
43
(43)

The borrowing facilities arranged  include overdraft facility and short term borrowing facilities.  All borrowings are repayable within one 
year.

113

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
28  Financial instruments and related disclosures (continued)

Foreign exchange rate sensitivity analysis

The Group had the following net currency denominated financial instruments at year end:

Net currency

The effect of foreign currency fluctuations on the financial statements is immaterial.

29 

Capital commitments

2020
£’000
180

2019
£’000
279

In 2019 the Group entered a contract with a provider of legal technology for the development of a new practice management system, 
LexisOne. Progress on development of that product was not forthcoming therefore the Group has now cancelled that contract and, 
post year end, entered into a new contract with Thomson Reuters for the installation of their market leading practice management 
system.  The estimated cost of the contractual capital commitment is £1.1million and is expected to be incurred across the calendar 
years 2021 and 2022. There is no obligation at the year end.

30 

Leases liabilities – IFRS 16

The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied to lease liabilities recognised at 1 May 2019 is 3.56%. Incremental borrowing 
rates applied to individual leases ranged between 2.87% and 3.72%.

During transition prepayments of £103,000 and accruals of £2,228,000 were released against the right-of-use asset. £725,000 was 
adjusted against opening reserves as a result of applying the modified retrospective approach under IFRS 16. The table below sets out 
the impact on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 30 April 2020 and 1 May 2019:

Right-of-use asset
Property

Lease Liability
Greater than 1year
Less than 1 year

30 April 2020
£’000

30 April 2019
£’000

22,879

24,360

22,109
3,347
25,456

23,481
3,729
27,210

The table below shows the impact on the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for 12 months to 30 April 2020 compared 
to reporting under IAS 17:

Profit before tax under IFRS 16
Depreciation on right-of-use assets
Finance costs

Rental cost under IAS 17

114

12 months ended 30 April 2020
£’000

14,756
3,455
840
19,051
(4,070)
14,981

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
30  Leases liabilities – IFRS 16  (continued)

Whilst the cash flows of the Group have not been affected by the adoption of IFRS 16 the headings under which cash impacts relating 
to leases have altered. During the period ended 30 April 2020 cash outflows from financing activities presented in the Consolidated 
Statement of Cash Flows increased by £3,625,000 for cash payments of the principal portion and £840,000 for cash payments of the 
interest portion of leases recognised within lease liabilities under IFRS 16. Cash generated from operations reflects the corresponding 
reduction of £4,465,000 of payments for leases previously classified as operating leases under IAS 17.

Differences between the operating lease commitments disclosed at 30 April 2019 under IAS 17 discounted at the incremental 
borrowing rate at 1 May 2019 and lease liabilities recognised at 1 May 2019 are shown below:

Operating lease commitments at 30 April 2019
Impact of discounting
Leases not yet commenced
Short-term leases recognised as an expense
Long-term leases recognised as an expense
Impact of rent increases
Additional lease components recognised

Lease liability opening balance 1 May 2019

The table below shows lease liabilities maturity analysis - contractual undiscounted cash flows at 30 April 2020.

Less than one year
One to five years
More than five years

£’000
26,089
(1,943)
-
-
(326)
-
3,390
27,210

£’000
3,812
15,530
9,433
28,775

The table below shows amounts recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income for short term and low value leases as at 30 
April 2020:

Expenses relating to short-term leases

Expenses relating to leases of low-value assets, excluding 
short-term leases of low value assets

Property
£’000

Equipment
£’000

14

7

21

63

-

63

The total minimum lease payments at 30 April 2019 under non-cancellable operating lease rentals were:

Within one year
In the second to fifth year inclusive
After five years

Total
£’000

77

7

84

30 April 2019
£’000

3,409
10,799
11,881
26,089

115

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
Notes (continued)
30  Leases liabilities – IFRS 16  (continued)

Operating lease payments represent rentals payable by the Group for office properties, motor vehicles and office equipment.

On 30 June 20 Gateley signed a reversionary lease on the London property. The cash flow effects of this are a £200k capital 
contribution and a rent saving in the first year of £250,000.

31 

Related parties

Gateley Plc entered into a lease agreement for the Leicester office, in which some of the directors have a beneficial interest. The annual 
rent charge under the lease is £120,000 (2019: £120,000) and the amounts outstanding at the year-end are £80,000 (2019: £Nil).

Mattiolli Woods Plc

The Company’s Non-Executive Director, Joanne Lake, is a Non-executive Director and Chairman of Mattiolli Woods Plc.  Mattiolli Woods 
Plc and its subsidiaries are a provider of wealth management and employee benefit services. During the year, the Group paid Mattiolli 
Woods Plc a total of £38,839 (2019: £38,286) in respect of employee benefits services provided by Mattiolli Woods Plc. In addition, the 
Group received revenues of £152,237 (2019: £256,881) in respect of legal services provided to Mattiolli Woods Plc and its subsidiaries.

Compensation paid to key management personnel

At the year end, Directors of Gateley (Holdings) Plc control 4.19% (2019: 4.98%) of the voting shares of the Company. 

The key management personnel comprise the Strategic Board on the basis that they make any final key decisions.

Short term compensation paid to key management personnel during the year totalled 2020: £2.012m (2019: £2.591m). 

Short term remuneration to key management personnel is included in personnel costs and analysed as follows:

Wages and salaries
Social security
Pension costs
Share based payment charges

32 

Pensions

2020
£’000
1,745
241
-
26
2,012

2019
£’000
2,255
311
-
25
2,591

The Group participates in a defined contribution scheme operated by Aegon UK plc, the assets of which are held separately from the 
Group. The amounts charged to the profit and loss account in respect of this scheme represent contributions payable in respect of 
the accounting year. The total annual pension cost for the defined contribution scheme was £1,509,905 (2019: £1,146,098) and the 
outstanding balance at the year end was £42,294 (2019: £10,363).

33 

Subsequent events

LTIP option issue – IFRS 2 charge 

On the 22 July the Company issued LTIP options over 1,405,766 shares to certain senior employees and executive directors based on 
performance conditions commencing a year on 1 May 2020.  The number of options granted were allocated to the same employees 
in the same proportions as the February issue however approximately 28% more awards were issued to those employees so as to 
enhance the incentivisation of these awards during the difficult and challenging economic conditions encountered due to the impact of 
Covid-19. Management have estimated the cost of this issue over the life of the option to result in a £1.59m IFRS 2 charge, based on the 
assumption 100% of the performance condition is achieved.

116

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Notes (continued)
33  Subsequent events (continued)

 CSOP option issue – IFRS 2 Charge

On the 7 July 2020 the Company issued CSOP options over 976,797 shares to associates, senior associates, legal directors, equivalent 
positions in Gateley Group subsidiary companies and senior management positions in our support teams. Management have estimated 
the cost of this issue over the life of the option to result in a £0.21m IFRS 2 charge.

Practice management replacement system

On the 15 May 2020 the Company signed a contract for services with Thomson Reuters for the supply and installation of 3E, a 
replacement practice management system. The estimated cost of the contract is £1.5million. The existing contract with Lexis Nexis has 
been cancelled.

117

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Parent company statement of financial position
at 30 April 2020

Non-current assets

Investments

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Non-current liabilities 

Other payables 

Total non-current liabilities 

Current liabilities

Other payables

Trade payables 

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity 

Note

2020

£’000

2019

£’000

5

6

7

7

7

32,720

32,720

20,085

20,085

2,228

175

9,856

243

2,403

10,099

35,123

30,184

(789)

(789)

(855)

(855)

(360)

(828)

(1,428)

(30)

(1,188)

(1,458)

(1,977)

(2,313)

33,146

27,871

8

11,761

11,086

8,938

6,812

5,635

6,483

1,770

8,532

33,146

27,871

Under section s408 of the Companies Act 2006 the company is exempt from the requirement to present its own profit and loss 
account. The profit for the year to 30 April 2020 was £2,695,618 (2019: £8,996,553).  

These financial statements were approved by the directors on 28 September 2020 and were signed and authorised on their behalf by:

Roderick R Waldie 
Chief Executive Officer 

  Neil A Smith
  Finance Director

Company registered number: 09310078. The 
accompanying notes on pages 121 to 129 form an 
integral part of these financial statements. 

118

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
 
Parent company statement of changes in equity

At May 2018

Comprehensive income:
Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income
Transactions with owners:
Dividend paid
Issue of share capital 

Share based payment transactions

Total equity at 30 April 2019

At May 2019

Comprehensive income:
Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income
Transactions with owners:
Dividend paid
Issue of share capital 
Cash from EBT for SARS shares
Share based payment transactions

Total equity at 30 April 2020

Share
capital

£’000
10,688

Share
premium

£’000
4,332

Other
reserves

£’000
1,548

-

-

-
398

-

11,086

11,086

-

-

-
675
-
-

11,761

-

-

-
2,151

-

6,483

6,483

-

-

-
2,455
-
-

8,938

-

-

-
222

-

1,770

1,770

-

-

-
5,042
-
-

6,812

Retained
earnings

£’000
6,999

8,996

8,996

(8,118)
-

655

8,532

8,532

2,696

2,696

(6,007)
-
(407)
821

5,635

Total
Equity

£’000
23,567

8,996

8,996

(8,118)
2,771

655

27,871

27,871

2,696

2,696

(6,007)
8,172
(407)
821

33,146

The following describes the nature and purpose of each reserve within equity:

Share premium – Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value.

Other reserves – Represents the difference between the actual and nominal value of shares issued by the company in the acquisition of  

subsidiaries.

Retained earnings – All other net gains and losses and transactions with owners not recognised anywhere else.

The accompanying notes on pages 121 to 129 form an integral part of these financial statements.

119

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
Parent company cash flow statement
for year ended 30 April 2020

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit for the year

Increase in liabilities

Increase in trade and other receivables

Net cash flows from operating activities

Investing activities

Consideration paid on acquisitions

Contingent consideration paid

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities

Receipt of funds for issue of SARS shares

Dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

The accompanying notes on pages 121 to 129 form an integral part of these financial statements. 

2020

£’000

2019

£’000

2,696

8,996

798

7,628

117

(249)

11,121

8,864

(5,978)

(625)

(6,603)

(510)

(236)

(746)

1,421

242

(6,007)

(8,118)

(4,586)

(7,876)

(68)

243

175

242

1

243

120

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Parent company notes to the financial statements
For the period ended 30 April 2020
(forming part of the financial statements)

1 

Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies

Gateley (Holdings) Plc (the “Company”) is a company incorporated and domiciled in the UK under the Companies Act.  The nature of 
the Group’s operations and its principal activities are set out in the strategic report.

The financial statements have been prepared and approved by the Directors in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and 
International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (adopted IFRSs).

The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in these financial 
statements

Judgements made by the Directors, in the application of these accounting policies that have significant effect on the financial 
statements and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment in the next year are discussed in note 12 below.

The individual financial statements of the company are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which it 
operates (its functional currency). For the purposes of the financial statements, the results and financial position of the company are 
expressed in GBP, which is the functional and presentational currency of the Company.

Measurement convention
The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis except where Adopted IFRSs require an alternative treatment. The 
principal variations relate to financial instruments which are carried at fair value.

1.1  Going concern

See full explanation on page 19 of the Strategic Report.

Having reviewed the Company’s forecasts, which includes an analysis of both short term cash flow forecasts and longer term cash 
flow forecasts, the risk and uncertainties surrounding the current and future demand for legal services, and other reasonably possible 
variations in trading performance, and the possible impact of COVID-19 the Company expects to be able to operate within the 
Company’s financing facilities and in accordance with the covenants set out in those facility agreements.

Sensitivity analysis has been performed in respect of specific scenarios which could negatively impact our future performance such 
as lower levels of revenue growth, lower than forecast receipts of cash, and reduced levels of gross margin expansion. In addition, the 
directors have also considered mitigating actions such as lower capital expenditure and other short-term cash management activities 
within the Company’s control. On this basis, the directors have a reasonable basis to conclude that the Company is forecast to continue 
to trade in line with existing financing facilities for the foreseeable future.

Accordingly the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements.

1.2  Classification of financial instruments issued by the Company

Financial instruments issued by the Company are treated as equity only to the extent that they meet the following two conditions: 

(a) 

they include no contractual obligations upon the Company to deliver cash or other financial assets or to exchange financial  
assets or financial liabilities with another party under conditions that are potentially unfavourable to the Company; and 
(b)  where the instrument will or may be settled in the Company’s own equity instruments, it is either a non-derivative that includes  
no obligation to deliver a variable number of the Company’s own equity instruments or is a derivative that will be settled by the  
Company’s exchanging a fixed amount of cash or other financial assets for a fixed number of its own equity instruments.

To the extent that this definition is not met, the financial instruments are classified as a financial liability.

1.3  Non derivative financial instruments

Financial Assets
The Company’s financial assets include cash and cash equivalents and trade and other receivables. All financial assets are recognised 

121

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
Parent company notes to the financial statements (continued)
1 
1.3 

Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies (continued)
Non derivative financial instruments (continued) 

when the Company becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. 

i) 
Fixed asset investments are stated at cost less provision for any impairment in value.

Investments

Investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated, as fixed asset investments, at cost less amounts written off for impairment with any 
subsequent year adjustments stated directly into the profit and loss account.  Investments are reviewed for impairment where events 
or circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. In some instances investments are subject to contingent 
consideration, This is included in the cost of investment.  The amount of contingent consideration due is assessed regularly by 
management based on actual and forecast performance.  Any changes to contingent consideration due are recognised within the profit 
and loss account.  Cost of investment also includes share-based payment charges of equity settled share based payment schemes to be 
settled on behalf of subsidiary companies.

Trade and other receivables

ii) 
Trade and other receivables (except unbilled amounts for client work) are initially recognised at their transaction value and carried at 
amortised cost under IFRS 9.

In line with IFRS 9, the Company recognises any expected credit loss against trade receivables in order to recognise the inherent risk 
that the Group may not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivable. The amount of the provision 
recorded is based on a broad range of information including past events, current conditions and forecasts of the future cash flows of 
the asset  and is recognised in the statement of profit and loss in other operating expenses.

Cash and cash equivalents

iii) 
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits held at call with banks. For the purpose of the cash flow statement, cash 
and cash equivalents includes bank overdrafts in addition to the definition above.

Financial Liabilities
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. An 
equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all its liabilities.

The Company’s financial liabilities comprise trade and other payables, borrowings, contingent consideration, members’ capital and 
amounts due to members. All financial liabilities are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method with the exception of contingent consideration that is measured at fair value through profit or loss

1.4 
Financial assets (including receivables)

Impairment 

A financial asset not carried at fair value through profit or loss is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is 
objective evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is impaired if objective evidence indicates that a loss scenario is likely to occur 
after the initial recognition of the asset, and that the loss event has a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset 
that can be estimated reliably.

An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortised cost is calculated as the difference between its carrying 
amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. Interest on 
the impaired asset continues to be recognised through the unwinding of the discount. When a subsequent event causes the amount of 
impairment loss to decrease, the decrease in impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss.

Under IFRS 9 the Group recognises expected credit losses (ECL’s) on receivables through application of the simplified method. The 
amount of the provision recorded is based on a broad range of information including past events, current conditions and forecasts 
of the future cash flows of the asset . Whilst the longevity and impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is unknown, management have 
considered the potential defaults on receivables as a result and reflected these in the ECL’s calculated. 

Taxation

1.5 
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent 
that it relates to a business combination, or items recognised directly in equity or other comprehensive income. Current tax is the 

122

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Parent company notes to the financial statements (continued)
1 
1.5 

Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies (continued)
Taxation (continued)

expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the 
statement of financial position date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting 
purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences are not provided for: the initial recognition 
of goodwill; the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither 
accounting nor taxable profit or loss, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not 
reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of 
the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised on deductible temporary differences only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits 
will be available against which they can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent 
that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

1.6 
Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which they are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

Ordinary dividends

Adopted IFRS not yet applied

1.7 
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards 
have been published by the IASB but are not yet effective and have not been applied early to the Group:

Revised IFRS 
IFRS 3 

Business Combinations 

Effective date
1 January 2020

The directors do not expect that the adoption of the Standards listed above will have a material impact on the financial statements of 
the Group in future periods. 

Expenses 

2 
Audit fees in relation to the audit of these accounts of £10,000 (2019: £10,000) have been borne by Gateley Plc.  The company does 
not have any employees (2019: Nil)

Investment income

3 
Intercompany dividends to the company have been received from other group entities as detailed below:

Amounts owed from Gateley Hamer Limited – 14 March 2019
Amounts owed from Gateley Capitus Limited – 14 March 2019
Amounts owed from Gateley Plc – 14 March 2019
Amounts owed from Gateley Plc – 30 April 2019
Amounts owed from Gateley Plc – 31 October 2019

2020
£’000
-
-
-
-
2,750
2,750

2019
£’000
1,000
1,000
1,000
6,000
-
9,000

Taxation

4 
The Company’s profit for the year arises from the receipt of intercompany dividends and the issuance of new shares to Gateley 
EBT Limited, which are not chargeable to corporation tax. As a result, no provision for corporation tax is needed in these financial 
statements.

123

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020  
 
 
 
Parent company notes to the financial statements (continued)

5 

Investments

At 1 May 2018
Share based payment charge
Acquisition of Kiddy & Partners Limited
Acquisition of IIS

Balance at 30 April 2019

At 1 May 2019
Share based payment charge
Adjustment to Kiddy & Partners Limited acquisition cost
Acquisition of Persona Associates Limited
Acquisition of t-three Consulting Limited
Acquisition of Gateley Tweed (formerly Paul Tweed LLP)
Acquisition of Gateley Vinden Limited (formerly The Vinden Partnership Limited)

Balance at 30 April 2020

Investments in subsidiaries

The Company has effective control of the following:

£’000

16,180
655
3,000
250

20,085

20,085
821
(620)
447
3,819
2,000
6,168

32,720

Ordinary share 
proportion held

Nature of business

Gateley Plc
Entrust Pension Limited
Gateley Capitus Limited
Gateley Hamer Limited
Kiddy & Partners Limited 

Country of 
incorporation

England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales

International Investments Services Limited

England and Wales

Persona Associates Limited
t-three Consulting Limited*
t-three Group Limited
t-three Holdings Limited*

England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

100%

100%
100%
100%
100%

Gateley Vinden Limited

England and Wales

100%

Legal services
Pension trustee services
Tax incentive services
Specialist property consultancy
Human capital consultancy 

UK Investment consultancy 

Dormant
Human capital consultancy 
Intermediate holding company
Intermediate holding company
Corporate advisory, dispute 
resolution and consultancy to the 
built environment in the property and 
construction markets

Matsa Holdings Limited

England and Wales

100%

Intermediate holding company

Thomas Alexander Holdings Limited*

England and Wales

100%

Intermediate holding company

TVP Holdings Limited*

England and Wales

100%

Intermediate holding company

124

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Parent company notes to the financial statements (continued)
5 

Investments (continued)

Gateley EBT Limited

England and Wales

100%

Employee benefit trust

Gateley Investments Limited*
Ensco Trustee Company Limited*
Gateley Secretaries Limited*
Gateley Incorporations Limited*
Gateley Custodian and Nominee Services 
Limited*
Gateley Custodian and Nominee Services 
No.2 Limited*

Gateley UK LLP**
Gateley Tweed LLP***
William Paul Tweed, Selena Mary Kerins, 
Victoria Louise Garrad, Callum Laing 
Nuttall, Thomas Oliver Durrant and 
Richard Julian Healey trading as Gateley 
Tweed***
Gateley Heritage LLP*
Gateley (Manchester) LLP*

England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales

100%
100%
100%
100%

Corporate investment company
Corporate trustee company
Non-trading
Non-trading

England and Wales

100%

Non-trading

England and Wales

100%

Non-trading

Country of 
incorporation
England and Wales
Northern Ireland

Controlling interest 
held
100%
n/a

Nature of business

Legal services via a branch in Dubai
Legal services in Northern Ireland

Republic of Ireland

n/a

Legal Services in Ireland

England and Wales
England and Wales

100%
51%

Non-trading
Non-trading

* 
** 

*** 

these investments are indirectly held at the year end.
certain Directors of Gateley (Holdings) Plc and Gateley Plc as individuals are members of this entity, although effective control  
is held by Gateley (Holdings) Plc via a trust holding arrangement.
These entities are related entities of Gateley Plc since the majority of its Members are also Board members of Gateley Plc. In
substance they are controlled by Gateley Plc and so their results are included in the consolidated results of Gateley (Holdings)  
Plc.  In accordance with local governance regulations, direct ownership in Gateley Tweed LLP and Gateley Tweed (a  
partnership in Ireland) is not permitted however both entities will be recognised as subsidiary undertakings of Gateley Plc 
under section 1162(4) of the Companies Act 2006 and thus subsidiary undertakings of the Group by virtue of section  
1162(5) of the Companies Act 2006.

6 

Trade and other receivables

Amounts owed from Gateley Plc
Amounts owed from Gateley EBT Limited
Amounts owed from Gateley Hamer Limited

2020
£’000
-
1,228
1,000
2,228

2019
£’000
8,856
-
1,000
9,856

All receivables are anticipated to be due within one year and repayable on demand. 

The carrying amount of financial assets (excluding investments) recorded in these accounts, which is net of any impairment losses, 
represents the Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk.  Financial assets include amounts due from Gateley Plc.  The Company 
does not hold collateral over these balances.

125

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent company notes to the financial statements (continued)

7 

Other payables

Contingent consideration due in one year 
Amounts owed to Gateley Plc
Amounts owed to Gateley EBT Limited

2020
£’000
360
828
-
1,188

2019
£’000
1,428
-
30
1,458

Contingent consideration of £0.018m relating to estimated earn put payments are due to the vendor of Gateley Vinden Limited that 
will be settled 50:50 in cash and shares together. Contingent consideration of £0.0625m relating to contingent consideration due to 
the vendor of Persona Associates Limited that will be settled 50:50 in cash and shares. Contingent consideration of up to £0.278m in 
relation to estimated earn out payments are due to the vendors of Kiddy and Partners LLP is estimated to be settled 50:50 in cash and 
shares together.

All consideration is due in less than one year.

Contingent consideration due in more than one year 

2020
£’000
789

2019
£’000
855

Contingent consideration of £0.135m relating to estimated earn out payments are due to the vendor of IIS that will be settled 15% in 
cash and 85% in shares.  Contingent consideration of £0.654m relating to estimated earn put payments are due to the vendor of T-three 
Consulting Limited that will be settled 50:50 in cash and shares together. 

All consideration is due after more than one year.

8 

Capital and reserves

Authorised, issued and fully paid

Ordinary shares of 10p each

At 1 May 2019

Issued on acquisition of GCL solicitors LLP

Issued on acquisition of Kiddy & Partners Limited

Issued as part of contingent consideration of Gateley 
Hamer Limited

Issued on acquisition of Persona Associates Limited 

Issues on acquisition of t-three Consulting Limited

Issued as part of contingent consideration of Kiddy & 
Partners Limited
Issued on acquisition of Gateley Tweed LLP (Formerly Paul 
Tweed LLP)

126

2020

Number

2020

£

2019

Number

2019

£

110,860,789

11,086,079

106,881,953

10,688,195

-

-

-

1,164,276

251,207

138,329

116,428

25,121

13,833

-

-

-

94,312

944,855

389,608

9,431

94,486

38,961

529,520

52,952

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Parent company notes to the financial statements (continued)
8 

Capital and reserves (continued)

Issued on acquisition of Gateley Vinden Limited (Formerly 
The Vinden Partnership Limited)

Issued on vesting of SARS

Issued on vesting of SAYE

Issued on vesting of CSOPS

At 30 April 2020

1,602,564

160,256

-

-

1,631,588

163,159

2,425,024

242,502

844,695

711,163

84,470

71,116

-

-

-

-

117,609,094

11,760,909

110,860,789

11,086,079

On 29 July 2019 the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of Persona Associates Limited in part for the issue of 94,312 10p 
ordinary shares. 

On 1 October 2019 844,695 10p ordinary shares were issued upon vesting of the 2019 SAYE schemes to participants. 

On 8 October 2019 1,631,588 10p ordinary shares were issued upon vesting of the 2019 SARS scheme to participants.

On 13 December 2019 the Company acquired t-three Consulting and dormant group companies in part for the issue of 944,855 10p 
ordinary shares.

On 6 February 2020 711,163 10p ordinary shares were issued upon vesting of the 2016 CSOP scheme.

On 28 February 2020 the Company acquired the goodwill of Gateley Tweed (Formerly Paul Tweed LLP) in part for the issue of 529,520 
10p ordinary shares.

On 6 March 2020 the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of Gateley Vinden Limited (formerly The Vinden Partnership 
Limited) and dormant group companies in part for the issue of 1,602,564 10 ordinary shares.

9 

Financial instruments and related disclosures

Financial risk management
The Board has overall responsibility for the oversight of the Company’s risk management framework. A formal process for reviewing and 
managing risk in the business has been developed. A register of strategic and operational risk is maintained and reviewed by the Board, 
who also monitor the status of agreed actions to mitigate key risks.

Management’s objective in managing financial risks is to ensure the long-term sustainability of the Company and Group.
As the Company’s principal financial instruments comprise cash and inter-group receivables.  The main risks are those noted below:

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a subsidiary to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligation.  The 
Company has a policy of monitoring subsidiaries who perform credit checks which together with the spread of reputable clients ensures 
there are no unacceptable concentrations of credit risk.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company ensures that 
the Group has sufficient cash or loan facilities to meet all its commitments when they fall due by ensuring that there is sufficient cash or 
working capital facilities to meet the cash requirements of the Company.

Gateley Plc is financed through a combination of unsecured bank loans together with unsecured loans from former members. The 
Board reviews the projected financing requirements annually when agreeing the Group’s budget and, based on this review, sets the value 
of the future capital requirements of the business. The cash flow forecast for the entire Group is updated regularly and compared to the 
budget with any significant variance being reported to the Board.

127

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Parent company notes to the financial statements (continued)
9 

Financial instruments and related disclosures  (continued)

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates, will affect the Company’s income. 
The Company’s exposure to market risk predominantly relates to interest and currency risk. Management does not consider this to be a 
significant risk to the Company.

Interest rate risk
The Group’s bank borrowings incur variable interest rate charges linked to LIBOR plus a margin. Management do not consider this to be 
a significant risk to the Company or Group.

Foreign currency risk
The Group has one overseas operation based in Dubai which, therefore, exposes the Group to changes in Sterling/ Dirhams exchange 
rates.  Management does not consider this to be a significant risk to the Company or Group.

Fair value disclosures
The fair value of each class of financial assets and liabilities is the carrying amount, based on the following assumptions:

Inter Group receivables: The fair value approximates to the carrying value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

Fair value hierarchy
Financial instruments carried at fair value should be measured with reference to the following levels:

• 
• 

• 

Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as 
prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)
Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

There are no financial instruments carried at fair value within this financial information.

The fair value of financial assets and liabilities are as follows (there is no difference between the carrying value of the financial assets and 
liabilities and their fair value):

Cash and cash equivalents
Group receivables
Total financial assets

Contingent consideration - FVTPL
Group payables 
Current and total financial liabilities

2020
£’000
175
1,523
1,698

(1,149)
(828)
(1,977)

2019
£’000
243
9,856
10,099

(2,283)
(30)
(2,313)

The company itself does not have any exposure to interest or foreign exchange rates. The Group’s exposure is detailed in note 28.

10 

Share based payments

Details of the Group’s share based payment schemes in operation are shown in note 9 of the group financial statements.

11 

Related parties

None of the executive directors received any remuneration from the company during the year, other than dividend income. They are 
however remunerated by Gateley Plc, further details can be found in note 31.

128

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
Parent company notes to the financial statements (continued)

Accounting estimates and judgements

12 
The preparation of these financial statements under IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions which affect these 
financial statements.  The key estimates and assumptions relate to the impairment assessment of investments. 

Impairment of investments (note 5)
The total carrying amount of investments is held net of impairment losses.  In determining whether investments are impaired requires 
an estimation of the future value arising from a subsidiary or the trade and assets acquired with it.  The value is use calculation requires 
an estimate of the future cash flows expected to arise from a subsidiary or cash generating unit and the use of a suitable discount rate 
in order to calculate present value.  Any change in estimates could result in an adjustment to recorded amounts. Management do not 
believe any impairment is necessary against the carrying value of its investments.

Contingent liability

13 
A cross guarantee between the company and Gateley Plc exists in respect of all terms loans and overdrafts.  The value of the contingent 
liability at 30 April 2020 is £nil (2019: £nil)

Subsequent events

14 
LTIP option issue
On the 22 July the Company issued LTIP options over 1,405,766 shares to certain senior employees and executive directors based on 
performance conditions commencing a year on 1 May 2020.  The number of options granted were allocated to the same employees 
in the same proportions as the February issue however approximately 28% more awards were issued to those employees so as to 
enhance the incentivisation of these awards during the difficult and challenging economic conditions encountered due to the impact of 
COVID-19. Management have estimated the impact of this issue over the life of the option to result in a £1.59m IFRS 2 charge arises, 
which will increase cost of investments in the Company, based on the assumption 100% of the performance condition is achieved.

CSOP option issue
On the 7 July 2020 the Company issued CSOP options over 976,797 shares to associates, senior associates, legal directors, equivalent 
positions in Gateley Group subsidiary companies and senior management positions in our support teams. Management have estimated 
the impact of this issue over the life of the option to result in a £0.21m IFRS 2 charge arises, which will increase cost of investments in 
the Company.

129

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020Company number: 09310078 

GATELEY (HOLDINGS) PLC 

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING 

NOTICE  IS  GIVEN  that  the  Annual  General  Meeting  of  the  above  named  Company  will  be  held  at 
One Eleven Edmund Street, Birmingham B3 2HJ on 30 October 2020 at 12.30pm. Shareholders will 
be asked to consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following resolutions of which resolutions 1 to 8 
(inclusive) will be proposed as ordinary resolutions and resolutions 9 to 11 (inclusive) will be proposed 
as special resolutions. 

ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS 

To  receive  the  Company's  annual  accounts  for  the  financial  year  ended  30  April  2020 
together with the Directors' Report and the auditors' report on those accounts. 

To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the financial year ended 30 April 2020, 

which is set out in the Company's annual report for the financial year ended 30 April 2020. 

To  appoint  Roderick  Richard  Waldie  (in  accordance  with  article  23.1  of  the  Company's 

articles of association) as a director of the Company. 

To  reappoint  Michael  James  Ward  (who  retires  in  accordance  with  article  23.4.2  of  the 
Company's articles of association and, being eligible, offers himself for re-election) as a Director of the 
Company. 

To  reappoint  Suzanne  Frances  Allison  Thompson  (who  retires  in  accordance  with  article 
23.4.2 of the Company's articles of association and, being eligible, offers herself for re-election) as a 
Director of the Company. 

To  appoint  MacIntyre  Hudson  LLP  as  auditors  of  the  Company  to  hold  office  until  the 

conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company. 

To authorise the Directors to fix the remuneration of the auditors of the Company. 

THAT, in substitution for all existing and unexercised authorities and powers, the Directors 
of  the  Company  be  generally  and  unconditionally  authorised  for  the  purpose  of  section  551 
Companies Act 2006 (the Act) to exercise all or any of the powers of the Company to allot shares of 
the Company or to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares of the Company 
(such  shares  and  rights  being  together  referred  to  as  Relevant  Securities)  up  to  an  aggregate 
nominal  value  of  £3,920,303  to  such  persons  at  such  times  and  generally  on  such  terms  and 
conditions  as  the  Directors  may  determine  (subject  always  to  the  articles  of  association  of  the 
Company), such authority, unless previously renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in general 
meeting, to expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company (or, if earlier, 
at the close of business on 30 January 2022) save that the Directors of the Company may, before the 
expiry of such period, make an offer or agreement which would or might require relevant securities or 
equity securities (as the case may be) to be allotted after the expiry of such period and the Directors 
of the Company may allot relevant securities or equity securities (as the case may be) in pursuance of 
such offer or agreement as if the authority conferred by this resolution had not expired. 

SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS 

THAT,  if  resolution  8  above  is  passed,  and  in  substitution  for  all  existing  and  unexercised 
authorities  and  powers,  the  Directors  of  the  Company  be  and  are  hereby  generally  and 
unconditionally empowered pursuant to section 570 of the Act to allot equity securities (as defined in 
section  560  of  the  Act)  (Equity  Securities)  for  cash  under  the  authority  given  by  that  resolution  8 
and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury shares for cash as if section 561 of 
the Act did not apply to any such allotment or sale, such authority to be limited to: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

130

41734059.2 

1 

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
9.1 

the allotment of Equity Securities or sale of treasury shares in connection with a rights issue 
or  similar  offer  in  favour  of  ordinary  shareholders  where  the  Equity  Securities  respectively 
attributable to the interests of all ordinary shareholders are proportionate (as nearly as may 
be) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held by them on that date provided that the 
Directors  of  the  Company  may  make  such  exclusions  or  other  arrangements  to  deal  with 
any  legal  or  practical  problems  under  the  laws  of  any  territory  or  the  requirement  of  any 
regulatory  body  or  any  stock  exchange  or  with  fractional  entitlements  as  they  consider 
necessary or expedient; and 

9.2 

the  allotment  of  Equity  Securities  or  sale  of  treasury  shares  (otherwise  than  under 
paragraph  9.1  above)  up  to  an  aggregate  nominal  amount  of  £588,045  representing 
approximately 5% of the current share capital of the Company, 

such  authority,  unless  previously  renewed,  varied  or  revoked  by  the  Company  in  general 
meeting,  to  expire  at  the  end  of  the  next  Annual  General  Meeting  of  the  Company  (or,  if 
earlier, at the close of business on 30 January 2022) save that the Directors of the Company 
may,  before  the  expiry  of  such  period,  make  an  offer  or  agreement  which  would  or  might 
require  Equity  Securities  to  be  allotted  (and  treasury  shares  to  be  sold)  after  the  expiry  of 
such period and the Directors of the Company may allot Equity Securities (and sell treasury 
shares)  in  pursuance  of  such  offer  or  agreement  as  if  the  authority  conferred  by  this 
resolution had not expired. 

10. 

THAT,  if  resolution  8  above  is  passed,  and  in  addition  to  any  authority  granted  under 
resolution  9  above,  the  Directors  of  the  Company  be  and  are  hereby  generally  and  unconditionally 
empowered pursuant to section 570 of the Act to allot Equity Securities for cash under the authority 
given by that resolution 8 and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury shares for 
cash  as  if  section  561  of  the  Act  did  not  apply  to  any  such  allotment  of  Equity  Securities,  such 
authority to be: 

10.1 

10.2 

limited  to  the  allotment  of  Equity  Securities  or  sale  of  treasury  shares  pursuant  to  the 
authority  granted  under  resolution  8  up  to  an  aggregate  nominal  amount  of  £588,045 
representing approximately 5% of the current share capital of the Company; and 

used only for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if the authority is to be used within 
six months after the original transaction) a transaction which the Directors of the Company 
determine  to  be  an  acquisition  or  other  capital  investment  of  a  kind  contemplated  by  the 
Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently published by the 
Pre-Emption  Group  prior  to  the  date  of  this  notice  of  Annual  General  Meeting  of  the 
Company, 

such  authority,  unless  previously  renewed,  varied  or  revoked  by  the  Company  in  general 
meeting,  to  expire  at  the  end  of  the  next  Annual  General  Meeting  of  the  Company  (or,  if 
earlier, at the close of business on 30 January 2022) save that the Directors of the Company 
may,  before  the  expiry  of  such  period,  make  an  offer  or  agreement  which  would  or  might 
require  Equity  Securities  to  be  allotted  (and  treasury  shares  to  be  sold)  after  the  expiry  of 
such period and the Directors of the Company may allot Equity Securities (and sell treasury 
shares)  in  pursuance  of  such  offer  or  agreement  as  if  the  authority  conferred  by  this 
resolution had not expired. 

11. 

THAT,  for  the  purposes  of  section  701  of  the  Act,  the  Company  be  generally  and 
unconditionally authorised to make market purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of the Act) 
of ordinary shares of £0.10 each in the capital of the Company (Ordinary Shares) provided that: 

11.1 

the  maximum  number  of  Ordinary  Shares  which  may  be  purchased  is  11,760,909 
(representing 10% of the Company's issued share capital); 

11.2 

the minimum price which may be paid for each Ordinary Share is £0.10; 

11.3 

the maximum price which may be paid for each Ordinary Share is an amount equal to 105% 
of the average of the middle market quotations for an Ordinary Share as derived from the 

41734059.2 

2 

131

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
11.4 

11.5 

Daily  Official  List  of  The  London  Stock  Exchange  plc  for  the  5  business  days  immediately 
preceding the day on which the Ordinary Share in question is purchased; 

unless previously renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in general meeting, to expire 
at the end of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company (or, if earlier, at the close of 
business on 30 January 2022); and 

the  Company  may  make  a  contract  or  contracts  to  purchase  Ordinary  Shares  under  the 
authority conferred by this resolution prior to the expiry of such authority which contract or 
contracts will or maybe executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such authority, and may 
make a purchase of Ordinary Shares in pursuance of any such contract or contracts. 

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 

………………………………….. 
Neil Andrew Smith 
Secretary 

Date: 7 October 2020 

Registered office: 
One Eleven Edmund Street 
Birmingham 
B3 2HJ 

NOTES: 

IMPORTANT  NOTE  REGARDING  ATTENDANCE  IN  PERSON:  Due  to  the  ongoing  COVID-19 
pandemic  and  current  government  advice  on  non-essential  travel  and  social  distancing  (as 
published  at  the  date  of  this  Notice),  this  will  be  a  closed  meeting  and  shareholders  will  not  be 
permitted  to  attend  the  AGM  in  person.  Consequently,  shareholders  are  encouraged  to  exercise 
their  votes  by  submitting  their  proxy  as  soon  as  possible  and  to  appoint  the  Chairman  as  their 
proxy. 

Entitlement to Attend and Vote 

1.  To  be  entitled  vote  at  the  Meeting  (and  for  the  purposes  of  the  determination  by  the  Company  of  the 
votes  that  may  be  cast  in  accordance  with  Regulation  41  of  the  Uncertified  Securities  Regulations 
2001), only those members registered in the Company's register of members at close of business on 28 
October 2020 (or, if the Meeting is adjourned, close of business on the date which is two business days 
before  the  adjourned  Meeting)  shall  be  entitled  to  vote  at  the  Meeting.  Changes  to  the  register  of 
members of the Company after the relevant deadline shall be disregarded in determining the rights of 
any person to vote at the Meeting. 

Website Giving Information Regarding the Meeting 

2. 

Information  regarding  the  Meeting,  including  the  information  required  by  Section  311A  of  the  Act,  is 
available from https://gateleyplc.com/investors/ 

41734059.2 

132

3 

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Attending in Person 

3.  This will be a closed meeting and shareholders will not be permitted to attend the AGM in person. 

Appointment of Proxies 

4. 

If you are a member of the Company at the time set out in note 1 above, you are entitled to appoint a 
proxy to exercise all or any of your rights to attend, speak and vote at the Meeting. You can appoint a 
proxy only using the procedures set out in these notes and the notes to the proxy form. 

5.  A proxy does not need to be a member of the Company but must attend the Meeting to represent you. If 
you wish your proxy to speak on your behalf at the Meeting you will need to appoint your own choice of 
proxy (not the Chairman) and give your instructions directly to them. 

6.  You may appoint more than one proxy provided each proxy is appointed to exercise rights attached to 
different shares. You may not appoint more than one proxy to exercise rights attached to any one share. 
To appoint more than one proxy, please indicate on your proxy submission how many shares it relates 
to. 

7.  A vote withheld is not a vote in law, which means that the vote will not be counted in the calculation of 
votes for or against the Resolution. If no voting indication is given, your proxy will vote or abstain from 
voting  at  his  or  her  discretion.  Your  proxy  will  vote  (or  abstain  from  voting)  as  he  or  she  thinks  fit  in 
relation to any other matter which is put before the Meeting. 

Appointment of Proxy Using Hard Copy Proxy Form 

8.  A hard copy form of proxy has not been sent to you but you can request one directly from the registrars, 
Link  Asset  Services’  general  helpline  team  on  Tel:  0371  664  0300.  Calls  are  charged  at  the  standard 
geographic  rate  and  will  vary  by  provider.    Calls  outside  the  United  Kingdom  will  be  charged  at  the 
applicable international rate. Lines are open between 09:00 – 17:30, Monday to Friday excluding public 
holidays  in  England  and  Wales.  Or  via  email  at  shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk  or  via  postal 
address at Link Asset Services, PXS1, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent BR3 4ZF.  In the case 
of a member which is a company, the proxy form must be executed under its common seal or signed on 
its  behalf  by  an  officer  of  the  company  or  an  attorney  for  the  company.  Any  power  of  attorney  or  any 
other authority under which the proxy form is signed (or a duly certified copy of such power or authority) 
must be included with the proxy form. For the purposes of determining the time for delivery of proxies, 
no account has been taken of any part of a day that is not a working day. 

Appointment of a Proxy Online 

9.  You  may  submit  your  proxy  electronically  using  the  Share  Portal  service  at  www.signalshares.com. 
Shareholders  can  use  this  service  to  vote  or  appoint  a  proxy  online.  The  same  voting  deadline  of  48 
hours  (excluding  non-working  days)  before  the  time  of  the  meeting  applies.  Shareholders  will  need  to 
use the unique personal identification Investor Code (“IVC”) printed on your share certificate. If you need 
help with voting online, please contact our Registrar, Link Asset Services’ portal team on 0371 664 0391. 
Calls  are  charged  at  the  standard  geographic  rate  and  will  vary  by  provider..  Calls  outside  the  United 
Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate. Lines are open between 09:00 – 17:30, Monday 
to 
at 
excluding 
shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk  

and  Wales.  Or 

in  England 

holidays 

Friday 

public 

email 

via 

. 

Appointment of Proxies Through Crest 

10.  CREST  members  who  wish  to  appoint  a  proxy  or  proxies  by  utilising  the  CREST  electronic  proxy 
appointment  service  may  do  so  for  the  Meeting  and  any  adjournment(s)  of  it  by  using  the  procedures 
described  in  the  CREST  Manual  (available  from  https://www.euroclear.com/site/  public/EUI).  CREST 
Personal  Members  or  other  CREST  sponsored  members,  and  those  CREST  members  who  have 
appointed  a  voting  service  provider(s),  should  refer  to  their  CREST  sponsor  or  voting  service 
provider(s),  who  will  be  able  to  take  the  appropriate  action  on  their  behalf.  In  order  for  a  proxy 
appointment made by means of CREST to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a CREST Proxy 
Instruction) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited's (EUI) 
specifications  and  must  contain  the  information  required  for  such  instructions,  as  described  in  the 
CREST  Manual.  The  message  must  be  transmitted  so  as  to  be  received  by  the  issuer's  agent  (ID: 
RA10) by 12.30 p.m. on 28 October 2020. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the 

41734059.2 

4 

133

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
time (as determined by the timestamp applied to the message by the CREST Applications Host) from 
which the issuer's agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed 
by CREST. 

CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers should note 
that  EUI  does  not  make  available  special  procedures  in  CREST  for  any  particular  messages.  Normal 
system timings and limitations will therefore apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It 
is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST 
personal member or sponsored member or has appointed a voting service provider(s), to procure that 
his CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure 
that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. 

In  this  connection,  CREST  members  and,  where  applicable,  their  CREST  sponsors  or  voting  service 
providers  are  referred,  in  particular,  to  those  sections  of  the  CREST  Manual  concerning  practical 
limitations  of  the  CREST  system  and  timings.  The  Company  may  treat  as  invalid  a  CREST  Proxy 
Instruction  in  the  circumstances  set  out  in  Regulation  35(5)  (a)  of  the  Uncertificated  Securities 
Regulations 2001. 

Appointment of Proxy by Joint Members 

11.  In the case of joint holders, where more than one of the joint holders purports to appoint a proxy, only 
the  appointment  submitted  by  the  most  senior  holder  will  be  accepted.  Seniority  is  determined  by  the 
order in which the names of the joint holders appear in the Company's register of members in respect of 
the joint holding, the first-named being the most senior. 

Changing Proxy Instructions 

12.  To  change  your  proxy  instructions  simply  submit  a  new  proxy  appointment  using  the  methods  set  out 
above. Note that the cut-off times for receipt of proxy appointments (see above) also apply in relation to 
amended  instructions;  any  amended  proxy  appointment  received  after  the  relevant  cut-off  time  will  be 
disregarded.  Where  you  have  appointed  a  proxy  using  the  hard-copy  proxy  form  and  would  like  to 
change the instructions using another hard-copy proxy form, please contact Link Asset Services as per 
the communication methods shown in note 9. If you submit more than one valid proxy appointment, the 
appointment received last before the latest time for the receipt of proxies will take precedence. 

Termination of Proxy Appointments 

13.  In  order  to  revoke  a  proxy  instruction  you  will  need  to  inform  the  Company  by  sending  a  signed  hard 
copy notice clearly stating your intention to revoke your proxy appointment to Link Asset Services, at the 
address shown in note 9. In the case of a member which is a company, the revocation notice must be 
executed under its common seal or signed on its behalf by an officer of the company or an attorney for 
the company. Any power of attorney or any other authority under which the revocation notice is signed, 
or  a  duly  certified  copy  of  such  power  or  authority,  must  be  included  with  the  revocation  notice.  The 
revocation notice must be received by Link Asset Services no later than 48 hours before the Meeting. If 
you  attempt  to  revoke  your  proxy  appointment  but  the  revocation  is  received  after  the  time  specified 
then, subject to the paragraph directly below, your proxy appointment will remain valid. Appointment of a 
proxy does not preclude you from attending the Meeting and voting in person. If you have appointed a 
proxy and attend the Meeting in person, your proxy appointment will automatically be terminated. 

Corporate Representatives 

14.  A corporation which is a member can appoint one or more corporate representatives who may exercise, 
on  its  behalf,  all  its  powers  as  a  member  provided  that  no  more  than  one  corporate  representative 
exercises powers over the same share. 

Issued Shares and Total Voting Rights 

15.  As at 7 October 2020, the Company's issued share capital comprised 117,609,094 Ordinary Shares of 
£0.10  each.  Each  Ordinary  Share  carries  the  right  to  one  vote  at  a  General  Meeting  of  the  Company 
and, therefore, the total number of voting rights in the Company on 7 October 2020 is 117,609,094. The 
website referred to in note 2 will include information on the number of shares and voting rights. 

41734059.2 

134

5 

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
Questions at the Meeting 

16.  Under Section 319A of the Act, the Company must answer any question you ask relating to the business 

being dealt with at the Meeting unless: 
• 

answering  the  question  would  interfere  unduly  with  the  preparation  for  the  Meeting  or  involve  the 
disclosure of confidential information; 
the answer has already been given on a website in the form of an answer to a question; or 
it is undesirable in the interests of the Company or the good order of the Meeting that the question 
be answered. 

• 
• 

Website Publication of Audit Concerns 

17.  Under Section 527 of the Act, shareholders meeting the threshold requirements set out in that section 
have  the  right  to  require  the  Company  to  publish  on  a  website  a  statement  setting  out  any  matter 
relating  to:  (i)  the  audit  of  the  Company’s  financial  statements  (including  the  Auditor’s  Report  and  the 
conduct of the audit) that are to be laid before the Meeting; or (ii) any circumstances connected with an 
auditor  of  the  Company  ceasing  to  hold  office  since  the  previous  meeting  at  which  annual  financial 
statements  and  reports  were  laid  in  accordance  with  Section  437  of  the  Act  (in  each  case)  that  the 
shareholders propose to raise at the relevant meeting. The Company may not require the shareholders 
requesting any such website publication to pay its expenses in complying with Sections 527 or 528 of 
the Act . Where the Company is required to place a statement on a website under Section 527 of the 
Act, it must forward the statement to the Company’s auditor not later than the time when it makes the 
statement  available  on  the  website.  The  business  which  may  be  dealt  with  at  the  Meeting  for  the 
relevant financial year includes any statement that the Company has been required under Section 527 
of the Act to publish on a website. 

Documents on Display 

18.  Copies  of  the  letters  of  appointment  of  the  Directors  of  the  Company  and  a  copy  of  the  Articles  of 
Association of the Company will be available for inspection at the registered office of the Company from 
the date of this notice until the end of the Meeting. 

EXPLANATORY NOTES ON CERTAIN BUSINESS OF THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING 

Resolution 8 – Directors' power to allot relevant securities 

Under section 551 of the Act, relevant securities may only be issued with the consent of the shareholders, unless 
the shareholders pass a resolution generally authorising the Directors to issue shares without further reference to 
the  shareholders.  This  resolution  authorises  the  general  issue  of  shares  up  to  an  aggregate  nominal  value  of 
£3,920,303,  which  is  equal  to  33%  of  the  nominal  value  of  the  current  ordinary  share  capital  of  the  Company. 
Unless  previously  revoked  or  varied,  the  authority  will  expire  on  the  conclusion  of  the  next  Annual  General 
Meeting of the Company or on the date which is 15 months after the resolution being passed (whichever is the 
earlier). 

Resolutions 9 and 10 – Disapplication of pre-emption rights on equity issues for cash 

Section  561  of  the  Act  requires  that  a  company  issuing  shares  for  cash  must  first  offer  them  to  existing 
shareholders following a statutory procedure which, in the case of a rights issue, may prove to be both costly and 
cumbersome. These resolutions exclude that statutory procedure as far as rights issues are concerned. These 
special  resolutions  are  drawn  up  in  accordance  with  the  Pre-Emption  Group’s  Statement  of  Principles,  and 
enable the Directors to allot shares up to: 

(a) 

(b) 

an  aggregate  nominal  value  of  £588,045,  which  is  equal  to  5%  of  the  nominal  value  of  the 
current ordinary share capital of the Company, which could be used for any purpose; and 

an additional aggregate nominal value of £588,045, which is equal to 5% of the nominal value 
of  the  current  ordinary  share  capital  of  the  Company,  which  could  only  be  used  for  an 
acquisition or specified capital investment, 

subject  in  each  case  to  resolution  8  being  passed.  The  Directors  believe  that  the  limited  powers  provided  by 
these  resolutions  will  maintain  a  desirable  degree  of  flexibility.  Unless  previously  revoked  or  varied,  the 
disapplications will expire on the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or on the date 
which is 15 months after the relevant resolution being passed (whichever is the earlier). 

41734059.2 

6 

135

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
Resolution 11 – Company’s authority to purchase Ordinary Shares 

In certain circumstances it may be advantageous for the Company to purchase its own shares and this resolution 
seeks the authority from shareholders to do so. This is the first time that the Company has sought authority to 
make market purchases up to an aggregate of 11,760,909 Ordinary Shares, representing approximately 10 per 
cent of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital as at 7 October 2020, being the latest practicable date prior 
to the publication of this notice. 

Granting authority for the Company to purchase Ordinary Shares in the market is intended to allow your Board to 
take  advantage  of  opportunities  that  may  arise  to  increase  shareholder  value.  The  Directors  will  exercise  this 
power  only  when,  in  the  light  of  market  conditions  prevailing  at  the  time,  they  believe  that  the  effect  of  such 
purchases will be to increase earnings per share and will be likely to promote the success of the Company for the 
benefit  of  its  members  as  a  whole.  Other  investment  opportunities,  appropriate  gearing  levels  and  the  overall 
position of the Company will be taken into account when exercising this authority. The price paid for shares will 
not be less than the nominal value of £0.10 per share nor more than 5% above the average of the middle market 
quotation of the Company’s Ordinary Shares as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for 
the 5 business days immediately preceding the day on which the shares are purchased. 

The Company may hold in treasury any of its own shares that it purchases pursuant to the Act and the authority 
conferred  by  this  resolution.  This  gives  the  Company  the  ability  to  reissue  treasury  shares  quickly  and  cost-
effectively and provides the Company with greater flexibility in the management of its capital base. It also gives 
the  Company  the  opportunity  to  satisfy  employee  share  scheme  awards  with  treasury  shares.  Once  held  in 
treasury, the Company is not entitled to exercise any rights, including the right to attend and vote at meetings in 
respect  of  shares.  Further,  no  dividend  or  other  distribution  of  the  Company’s  assets  may  be  made  to  the 
Company in respect of the treasury shares. 

The Directors have no present intention of purchasing Ordinary Shares in the market. The authority given under 
this resolution will lapse, unless renewed, at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company 
or on the date which is 15 months after the relevant resolution being passed (whichever is the earlier). 

41734059.2 

136

7 

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020 
 
 
gateleyplc.com

138

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFor the year ended 30 April 2020